Ecsbc Guide

Content
Chapter 0: Definitions 1
Chapter 1: Purpose 20
Chapter 2: Scope 21
Content
Chapter 3: Approach to Compliance 25
Chapter 4: Sustainable Sites & Planning 27
Chapter 5: Building Envelope 30
Chapter 6: Comfort System and Controls 45
Chapter 7: Lighting and Controls 55
Chapter 8: Electrical and Renewable Energy Systems 69
Chapter 9: Water Management and Controls 76
Chapter 10: Waste Management 87
Chapter 11: Indoor Environment Quality 92
Chapter 12: Whole Building Performance 102
Appendix 1: Default Values for Typical Constructions 139
Appendix 2: Climate Zone Map of India 148
Appendix 3: Air-Side Economizer Acceptance Procedures 150
Appendix 4: Controls And Internet of Things 151
Appendix 5: Commissioning of Building Systems 154
Appendix 6: Sustainable Materials 155
Appendix 7: Power Quality 179
Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024

equally to the final mean; each data point contributes
0. Definitions, Abbreviations and
more “weight” than others based on the size of the area
Acronyms the said data point is applicable to. To calculate the
0.1 General area weighted average mean, a summation of each data
Definitions
point multiplied with its respective area is divided with
This section defines specific terms, abbreviations, and the total area.
acronyms for the purposes of this code. These 𝛴(𝐷𝑎𝑡𝑎 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑋 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎)
definitions apply to all sections. Any terms not defined 𝐴𝑊𝐴 =
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎
here should be interpreted according to their Astronomical time control: an automatic time
commonly accepted meanings in the context in which control that makes an adjustment for the length of the
they appear. day as it varies over the year.
A Automatic Control Device: a device capable of
Above grade area (AGA): AGA is the cumulative floor automatically turning loads off and on without manual
area of all the floor levels of a building that are above intervention.
the ground level. Ground level shall be as defined in Authority having jurisdiction: the agency or agent
building site plan. A floor level is above grade if one- responsible for enforcing this code.
third of the total external surface area of only the said
B
floor level is above the ground level.
Backflow: The flow of water or other liquids, mixtures,
Accredited independent laboratory: testing
or substances into the distributing pipes of a potable
laboratory not affiliated with producer or consumer of
supply of water from any sources other than its
goods or products tested at the laboratory and
intended source. See Back- Siphonage, Back-Pressure
accredited by national or international organizations
Backflow.
for technical competence.
Balancing, air system: adjusting airflow rates
Addition: an extension or increase in floor area or
through air distribution system devices, such as fans
height of a building outside of the existing building
and diffusers, by manually adjusting the position of
envelope.
dampers, splitters vanes, extractors, etc., or by using
Air conditioning and condensing units serving automatic control devices, such as constant air volume
computer rooms: air conditioning equipment that or variable air volume boxes.
provides cooling by maintaining space temperature
Balancing, hydronic system: adjusting water flow
and humidity within a narrow range. Major application
rates through hydronic distribution system devices,
is in data centers where dissipating heat generated by
such as pumps and coils, by manually adjusting the
equipment takes precedence over comfort cooling for
position valves, or by using automatic control devices,
occupants.
such as automatic flow control valves.
Alternate Water Source: Non-potable source of water
Ballast: unit inserted between the supply and one or
that includes gray water, on-site treated water,
more discharge lamps which by means of inductance,
harvested rainwater, and reclaimed (recycled) water
capacitance or resistance, single or in combination,
from sewage treatment plant.
serves mainly to limit the current of the lamp(s) to the
Alteration: any change, rearrangement, replacement, required value. It may also include means for
or addition to a building or its systems and equipment; transforming from the supply voltage and
any modification in construction or building arrangements which help to provide starting voltage
equipment. and preheating current, prevent cold starting, reduce
Area weighted average (AWA) method: AWA stroboscopic effect, correct the power factor and
method is based on the concept of weighted arithmetic suppress radio interference.
mean where instead of each data point contributing
Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 1

Baseline Building: A building that has the same which thermal energy may be transferred to
building floor area, gross wall area and gross roof area or from the exterior, or to or from
as the Proposed Building and it conforms to all the unconditioned spaces, or to or from
mandatory requirements of ECSBC compliant building. conditioned spaces
Definitions
Boiler: a self-contained low-pressure appliance for Building grounds lighting: lighting provided through
supplying steam or hot water a building’s electrical service for parking lot, site,
Brownfield Site: Real property or the expansion, roadway, pedestrian pathway, loading dock, and
redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated security applications
by the presence or possible presence of a hazardous Building material: any element of the building
substance, pollutant, or contaminant. envelope through which heat flows and that heat is
Building or building complex or complex: a included in the component U-factor calculations other
structure wholly or partially enclosed within exterior than air films and insulation
walls, or within exterior and party walls, and a roof, Built up area (BUA): sum of the covered areas of all
affording shelter to persons, animals, or property. floors of a building, other than the roof, and areas
Building complex means a building or group of covered by external walls and parapet on these floors.
buildings constructed in a contiguous area for 24-hour Business Building: Business building
business, commercial, institutional, healthcare, operated and occupied for more than 12 hours on each
hospitality purposes or assembly buildings under the weekday. Intensity of occupancy may vary.
single ownership of individuals or group of individuals
Bar: 1 Bar pressure is equivalent to 1 kg/cm² or 10 m
or under the name of a co-operative group society or
of water column.
on lease and sold as shops or office space or space for
other commercial purposes, having a connected load of
100 kW or contract demand of 120 kVA and above. Backflow: The flow of water or other liquids, mixtures,
Building, base: includes building structure, building or substances into the distributing pipes of a potable
envelope, common areas, circulation areas, parking, supply of water from any sources other than its
basements, services area, plant room and its intended source. See Back- Siphonage, Back-Pressure
supporting areas and, open project site area. Backflow.
Building, core and shell: buildings where the Bio digestor: Biogas digestor uses natural anaerobic
developer or owner will only provide the base building decomposition of organic matter under controlled
and its services. conditions to convert organic waste into manure.
Building, existing: a building or portion thereof that Black Water: Wastewater from toilet, bidet, urinals,
was previously occupied or approved for occupancy by kitchen sink, bed pan sink or similar contaminated
the authority having jurisdiction. sources.
Building envelope: the exterior plus the semi-

exterior portions of a building. For the purposes of C
determining building envelope requirements, the
classifications are defined as follows: Cardinal direction: cardinal directions or cardinal
(a) Building envelope, exterior: the elements of a points are the four main directional points of a
building that separate conditioned spaces compass: north, south, east, and west Centralized
from the exterior control: single hardware/ software for observing and
(b) Building envelope, semi-exterior: the controlling operations of a group of equipment and
elements of a building that separate devices with similar or different functions
conditioned space from unconditioned space
or that enclose semi-heated spaces through

Circuit breaker: a safety device that automatically in terms of kilowatt (kW) that will be allocated to all
stops flow of current in electrical circuits. It protects applicants for electric power consumption in respect of
the circuit from current surge. the proposed building or building complexes on their
Class of construction: classification that determines completion.
Definitions
the construction materials for the building envelope, Contaminant: Any substance, that is potentially
roof, wall, floor, slab-on-grade floor, opaque door, hazardous to human health or the environment and is
vertical fenestration, skylight present in the environment at concentrations above its
Coefficient of Performance (COP) – cooling: the natural or background concentration.
ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy Contamination: An impairment of the quality of the
input, in consistent units, for a complete refrigerating potable water that creates an actual hazard to the
system or some specific portion of that system under public health through poisoning or through the spread
designated operating conditions of disease by sewage, industrial fluids, or waste. Also
Coefficient of Performance (COP) – heating: the defined as High Hazard.
ratio of the rate of heat delivered to the rate of energy Contract demand: the maximum demand in kilo Volt
input, in consistent units, for a complete heat pump Ampere (kVA) (within a consumer’s sanctioned load)
system, including the compressor and, if applicable, agreed to be supplied by the electricity provider or
auxiliary heat, under designated operating conditions utility in the agreement executed between the user and
Common area: areas within a building that are the utility or electricity provider.
available for use by all tenants in a building (i.e. Construction documents: drawings or documents,
lobbies, corridors, restrooms, etc.) containing information pertaining to building
Commercial building: a building or a part of building construction processes and approvals, building
or building complex which are used or intended to be materials and equipment specification, architectural
used for commercial purposes and classified as per the details etc. required by the authority having
time of the day the building is operational and sub jurisdiction.
classified, as per the functional requirements of its Controls or control device: manually operated or
design, construction, and use as per following details: automatic device or software to regulate the operation
a) Group I – 24 hours building covering Type A of building equipment
Hospitality, Type B Health Care and Type C Cool roof: roof with top layer of material that has high
Assembly, Type D Business and, solar reflectance and high thermal emittance
b) Group II – Regular building covering Type D properties. Cool roof surfaces are characterized by
Business, Type E Educational and Type F light colors so that heat can be rejected back to the
Shopping Complexes. environment.
Compliance documents: the forms specified in ECSBC Cumulative design EPI: energy performance index for
Rules and Regulations to record and check compliance a building having two or more different functional uses
with these rules. These include but are not limited to and calculated based on the area weighted average
EPI Ratio Compliance Report, Building Envelope (AWA) method
Compliance Form, Mechanical Systems Compliance D
Form and Permit Checklist, Lighting System Daylight area: the daylight illuminated floor area
Compliance Form and Permit Checklist and certificates under horizontal fenestration (skylight) or adjacent to
from Certified Energy Auditor for existing or proposed vertical fenestration (window), described as follows:
buildings.
(a) Horizontal Fenestration: the area under a skylight,
Connected load: the sum of the rated wattage of all monitor, or sawtooth configuration with an
equipment, appliances and devices to be installed in effective aperture greater than 0.001 (0.1%). The
the building or part of building or building complexes, daylight area is calculated as the horizontal

dimension in each direction equal to the top horizontal dimension equal to the width of the
aperture dimension in that direction plus either window plus either 1 meter on each side of the
the floor-to-ceiling height (H) for skylights, or 1.5 aperture, or the distance to an opaque partition, or
H for monitors, or H or 2H for the sawtooth one-half the distance to an adjacent skylight or
Definitions
configuration, or the distance to the nearest 1 window, whichever is least.
meter or higher opaque partition, or one-half the
distance to an adjacent skylight or vertical glazing,
whichever is least, as shown in the plan and Head height of the Vertical fenestration x DEF
section figures below.
1m
Plan
Skylight
1 m, or to nearest
opaque partition
Daylight Area
Ceiling height
opaque partition
Daylight Extension Factor (DEF): factor to manually

Skylight
calculate the daylight area on floor plates. It is to be
multiplied by the head height of windows. It is
Section dependent on orientation and glazing VLT, shading
Daylit Area H
devices adjacent to it and building location.
H H
Daytime Business Building: Business building
operated typically only during daytime on weekdays
Sawtooth
up to 12 hours each day.
Daylight window: fenestration 2.2 meter above floor
H
H
Daylit Area
2H
level, with an interior light shelf at bottom of this
fenestration
Monitor
Dead band: the range of values within which a sensed
variable can vary without initiating a change in the
H Daylit Area controlled process.
1.5H 1.5H
Demand: maximum rate of electricity (kW)
consumption recorded for a building or facility during
(b) Vertical Fenestration: the floor area adjacent to a selected time frame.
side apertures (vertical fenestration in walls) with Demand control ventilation (DCV): a ventilation
an effective aperture greater than 0.06 (6%). The system capability that provides automatic reduction of
daylight area extends into the space perpendicular outdoor air intake below design rates when the actual
to the side aperture a distance equal to daylight occupancy of spaces served by the system is less than
extension factor (DEF) multiplied by the head design occupancy
height of the side aperture or till higher opaque Demand factor: is the ratio of the sum of the
partition, whichever is less. In the direction maximum demand of a system (or part of a system) to
parallel to the window, the daylight area extends a the total connected load on the system (or part of the

system) under consideration. Demand factor is always is itself cooled by heat or mass transfer to the
less than one. environment without the use of mechanical cooling
Design capacity: output capacity of a mechanical or Effective aperture: Visible light transmittance x
electrical system or equipment at design conditions window-to-wall Ratio. (EA = VLT x WWR)
Definitions
Design conditions: specified indoor environmental Efficacy: the lumens produced by a lamp plus ballast
conditions, such as temperature, humidity and light system divided by the total watts of input power
intensity, required to be produced and maintained by (including the ballast), expressed in lumens per watt
a system and under which the system must operate Efficiency: performance at a specified rating condition
Distribution system: network or system comprising Efficiency, thermal: ratio of work output to heat input
controlling devices or equipment and distribution
Efficiency, combustion: efficiency with which fuel is
channels (cables, coils, ducts, pipes etc.) for delivery of
burned during the combustion process in equipment
electrical power or, cooled or heated water or air in
buildings. Emittance: the ratio of the radiant heat flux emitted by
a specimen to that emitted by a blackbody at the same
Domestic Sewage: The liquid and water-borne wastes
temperature and under the same conditions
derived from the ordinary living processes, free from
industrial wastes, and of such character as to permit Energy: power derived from renewable or non-
satisfactory disposal, without special treatment, into renewable resources to provide heating, cooling and
the public sewer or by means of a private sewage light to a building or operate any building equipment
disposal system. and appliances. It has various forms such as thermal
(heat), mechanical (work), electrical, and chemical that
may be transformed from one into another. Customary
Domestic Water: Potable water provided for unit of measurement is watts (W)
domestic purposes such as drinking, cooking and
Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER): the ratio of net cooling
supply to fixtures such as kitchen sink, washbasins,
capacity in watt to total rate of electric input in watts
shower, clothes washer and dishwasher.
under design operating conditions
Door: all operable opening areas, that are not more
Energy recovery system: equipment to recover
than one half glass, in the building envelope, including
energy from building or space exhaust air and use it to
swinging and roll-up doors, fire doors, and access
treat (pre-heat or pre-cool) outdoor air taken inside
hatches.
the building or space by ventilation systems
Door area: total area of the door measured using the
Envelope Performance Factor (EPF): value for the
rough opening and including the door slab and the
building envelope performance compliance option
frame.
calculated using the procedures specified in 4B.3.5 and
Drinking Water: Drinking water is water intended for 4B.3.5.1.1. For the purposes of determining building
human consumption for drinking and cooking envelope requirements the classifications are defined
purposes from any source. It includes water (treated or as follows:
untreated) supplied by any means for human
(a) Baseline Building EPF: envelope performance
consumption.
factor calculated for the Baseline Building
E using standardized requirements for walls,
Economizer, air: a duct and damper arrangement vertical fenestrations and roofs
with automatic controls that allow a cooling system to (b) Proposed Building EPF: the building envelope
supply outdoor air to reduce or eliminate the need for performance factor for the Proposed Building
mechanical cooling during mild or cold weather using proposed values for walls, vertical
Economizer, water: a system by which the supply air fenestrations and roofs
of a cooling system is cooled indirectly with water that

Equipment: mechanical, electrical or static devices for Fossil fuel: fuel derived from a hydrocarbon deposit
operating a building, including but not limited to those such as petroleum, coal, or natural gas derived from
required for providing cooling, heating, ventilation, living matter of a previous geologic time
lighting, service hot water, vertical circulation Fresh Water: Water obtained from Municipal, Public
Definitions
Equipment, existing: equipment previously installed Utility, bore well, open well and bought out water for
in an existing building domestic use.
Equivalent SHGC: SHGC for a fenestration with a Fuel: a material that may be used to produce heat or
permanent external shading projection. It is calculated generate power by combustion
using the Projection Factor (PF) of the permanent Fuel utilization efficiency (FUE): a thermal efficiency
external shading projection and Shading Equivalent measure of combustion equipment like furnaces,
Factor (SEF) listed in §4B.3.1. boilers, and water heaters
Exemption: any exception allowed to compliance with G
ECSBC requirements
Gathering hall (Type of Assembly): any building, its
F lobbies, rooms and other spaces connected thereto,
Fan system power: sum of the nominal power primarily intended for assembly of people, but which
demand (nameplate W or HP) of motors of all fans that has no theatrical stage or permanent theatrical and/or
are required to operate at design conditions to supply cinematographic accessories and has gathering space
air from the heating or cooling source to the for greater or equal to 100 persons, for example, stand-
conditioned space(s) and return it to the point where alone dance halls, stand-alone night clubs, halls for
is can be exhausted to outside the building. incidental picture shows, dramatic, theatrical or
Fenestration: all areas (including the frames) in the educational presentation, lectures or other similar
building envelope that let in light, including windows, purposes having no theatrical stage except a raised
plastic panels, clerestories, skylights, glass doors that platform and used without permanent seating
are more than one-half glass, and glass block walls. arrangement; art galleries, community halls, marriage
halls, places of worship, museums, stand-alone lecture
(a) Skylight: a fenestration surface having a slope
halls, passenger terminals and heritage and
of less than 60 degrees from the horizontal
archaeological monuments, pool and billiard parlour,
plane. Other fenestration, even if mounted on
bowling alleys, community halls, courtrooms,
the roof of a building, is considered vertical
gymnasiums, indoor swimming pools, indoor tennis
fenestration.
court, any indoor stadium for sports and culture,
(b) Vertical fenestration: all fenestration other auditoriums
than skylights. Trombe wall assemblies,
Grade: finished ground level adjoining a building at all
where glazing is installed within 300 mm of a
exterior walls
mass wall, are considered walls, not
fenestration. Gray Water: Untreated wastewater that has not come
into contact with toilet waste, kitchen sink waste, or
Fenestration area: total area of the fenestration
similarly contaminated sources. Gray water includes
measured using the rough opening and including the
wastewater from bathtubs, showers, lavatories,
glazing, sash, and frame. For doors where the glazed
clothes washers, laundry tubs, dishwashers and
vision area is less than 50% of the door area, the
domestic RO reject water.
fenestration area is the glazed vision area. For all other
doors, the fenestration area is the door area. Guest room: any room or rooms used or intended to
be used by a guest for sleeping purposes
Finished floor level: level of floor achieved after
finishing materials have been added to the subfloor or H
rough floor or concrete floor slab. Habitable spaces: space in a building or structure
intended or used for working, meeting, living, sleeping,

eating, or cooking. Bathrooms, water closet L
compartments, closets, halls, storage or utility space, Labeled: equipment or materials to which a symbol or
and similar areas are not considered habitable spaces. other identifying mark has been attached by the
Heat Island Effect: the thermal absorption by manufacturer indicating compliance with specified
Definitions
hardscape, such as dark, nonreflective pavement and standard or performance in a specified manner.
buildings, and its subsequent radiation to surrounding Lighted floor area, gross: gross area of lighted floor
areas. Other contributing factors may include vehicle spaces
exhaust, air conditioners, and street equipment. Tall
Lighting, decorative: lighting that is ornamental or
buildings and narrow streets reduce airflow and
installed for aesthetic effect. Decorative lighting shall
exacerbate the effect.
not include general lighting.
Hospitals and sanatoria (Healthcare): Any building
Lighting, emergency: battery backed lighting that
or a group of buildings under single management,
provides illumination only when there is a power
which is used for housing persons suffering from
outage and general lighting luminaries are unable to
physical limitations because of health or age and those
function.
incapables of self-preservation, for example, any
hospitals, infirmaries, sanatoria and nursing homes. Lighting, general: lighting that provides a
substantially uniform level of illumination throughout
HVAC system: equipment, distribution systems, and
an area. General lighting shall not include decorative
terminal devices that provide, either collectively or
lighting or lighting that provides a dissimilar level of
individually, the processes of heating, ventilating, or
illumination to serve a specialized application or
air conditioning to a building or parts of a building.
feature within such area.
Hyper Markets (Type F of Shopping Complex): large
Lighting system: a group of luminaires circuited or
retail establishments that are a combination of
controlled to perform a specific function.
supermarket and department stores. They are
considered as a one-stop shop for all needs of the Lighting power allowance:
customer. (a) Interior lighting power allowance: the
I maximum lighting power in watts allowed for
the interior of a building.
Infiltration: uncontrolled inward air leakage through
cracks and crevices in external surfaces of buildings, (b) Exterior lighting power allowance: the
around windows and doors due to pressure maximum lighting power in watts allowed for
differences across these caused by factors such as wind the exterior of a building.
or indoor and outside temperature differences (stack Lighting Power Density (LPD): maximum lighting
effect), and imbalance between supply and exhaust air power per unit area of a space as per its function or
systems building as per its classification.
Installed interior lighting power: power in watts of Low energy comfort systems: space conditioning or
all permanently installed general, task, and furniture ventilation systems that are less energy intensive then
lighting systems and luminaries. vapour compression-based space condition systems.
Integrated part-load value (IPLV): weighted average These primarily employ alternate heat transfer
efficiency of chillers measured when they are methods or materials (adiabatic cooling, radiation,
operating at part load conditions (less than design or desiccant, etc.), or renewable sources of energy (solar
100% conditions). It is more realistic measurement of energy, geo-thermal) so that minimal electrical energy
chillers efficiency during its operational life. input is required to deliver heating or cooling to
spaces.
Inventory: A complete list of items such as property,
goods in stock, or the contents of a building Luminaire: Equipment which distributes, filters or
transforms the light transmitted from one or more

lamps and which includes all the parts necessary for MEPI Ratio: MEPI ratio of a building means the ratio
supporting, fixing and protecting the lamps, but not the of the MEPI of the Proposed Building to the MEPI of the
lamps themselves, and where necessary, circuit baseline Building.
auxiliaries together with the means for connecting
Definitions
them to the supply.
Metered Faucet: A self-closing factory calibrated
Note: A luminaire with integral non-replaceable lamps faucet that dispenses a predetermined volume of water
is regarded as a luminaire, except that the tests are not for each cycle.
applied to the integral lamp or integral self-ballasted
Metering: practice of installing meters in buildings to
lamp.
acquire data for energy consumption and other
operational characteristics of individual equipment or
M several equipment grouped on basis of their function
Man-made daylight obstruction: any permanent (lighting, appliances, chillers, etc.). Metering is done in
man-made object (equipment, adjacent building) that buildings to monitor their energy performance.
obstructs sunlight or solar radiation from falling on a Mixed mode air-conditioned building: building in
portion or whole of a building’s external surface at any which natural ventilation is employed as the primary
point of time during a year is called as a man-made mode of ventilating the building, and air conditioning
sunlight obstructer. is deployed as and when required.
Manual (non-automatic): requiring personal Mixed use development: a single building or a group
intervention for control. Non-automatic does not of buildings used for a combination of residential,
necessarily imply a manual controller, only that commercial, business, educational, hospitality and
personal intervention is necessary. assembly purposes
Manufacturing processes: processes through which N
raw material is converted into finished goods for National Building Code 2016 (NBC): model building
commercial sale using machines, labor, chemical or code that provides guidelines for design and
biological processes, etc. construction of buildings. In this code, National
Manufacturer: company or person or group of Building Code 2016 refers to the latest version by the
persons who produce and assemble goods or Bureau of Indian Standards.
purchases goods manufactured by a third party in Natural daylight obstruction: any natural object, like
accordance with their specifications. tree, hill, etc., that obstructs sunlight from falling on
Mean temperature: average of the minimum daily part or whole of a building’s external surface at any
temperature and maximum daily temperature. point of time during a year and casts a shadow on the
Mechanical cooling: reducing the temperature of a building surface.
gas or liquid by using vapor compression, absorption, Naturally ventilated building: a building that does
and desiccant dehumidification combined with not use mechanical equipment to supply air to and
evaporative cooling, or another energy-driven exhaust air from indoor spaces. It is primarily
thermodynamic cycle. Indirect or direct evaporative ventilated by drawing and expelling air through
cooling alone is not considered mechanical cooling. operable openings in the building envelope.
Modeled Energy Performance Intensity (MEPI): Net Exposed Roof Area: Net exposed roof area = Total
MEPI of a building is estimated annual energy roof area – equipment area
consumption in kilowatt-hours per square meter area Non-cardinal directions: any direction which is not a
of the building (excluding unconditioned basement cardinal direction, i.e. perfect north, south, east, or
area, unconditioned refuge area, and stilt parking area) west, is termed as non-cardinal direction.
and calculated using a simulation program.

No Star hotel (Type of Hospitality): any building or Organic waste: Any material that is easily
group of buildings under the same management, in compostable and comes from either a plant or an
which separate sleeping accommodation on animal.
commercial basis, with or without dining facilities or
Definitions
cooking facilities, is provided for individuals. This
Organic waste converters (OWC): Machines that are
includes lodging rooms, inns, clubs, motels, no star
used to convert organic waste such as vegetable waste,
hotel and guest houses and excludes residential
meat waste, bakery waste, leaves, fruits and fruit skins,
apartments rented on a lease agreement of 4 months
and flowers into valuable compost that can be used for
or more. These shall also include any building in which
organic farming activities.
group sleeping accommodation is provided, with or
without dining facilities for persons who are not Orientation: the direction a building facade faces, i.e.,
members of the same family, in one room or a series of the direction of a vector perpendicular to and pointing
adjoining rooms under joint occupancy and single away from the surface of the facade. For vertical
management, for example, school and college fenestration, the two categories are north-oriented
dormitories, students, and other hostels and military and all other.
barracks. Outdoor (outside) air: air taken from the outside the
O building and has not been previously circulated
through the building.
Occupant/Occupancy sensor: a device that detects
the presence or absence of people within an area and Out-patient Healthcare (Type of Healthcare): any
causes lighting, equipment, or appliances to be building or a group of buildings under single
dimmed, or switched on or off accordingly. management, which is used only for treating persons
requiring treatment or diagnosis of disease but not
On-site electricity generation systems: systems
requiring overnight or longer accommodation in the
located at the building site that generate electricity,
building during treatment or diagnosis.
including, but not limited to, generators, combined
heat and power systems, fuel cells, and on-site Overcurrent: any current in excess of the rated
renewable energy systems. current of the equipment of the ampacity of the
conductor. It may result from overload, short circuit, or
On-site renewable energy: energy from renewable
ground fault.
resources harvested at the building site.
Overall Efficiency: Efficiency of motor and pump
Opaque assembly or opaque construction: surface
considered together.
of the building roof or walls other than fenestration
and building service openings such as vents and grills. Owner: a person, group of persons, company, trust,
institute, Registered Body, state or central Government
Opaque external wall: external wall composed of
and its attached or sub-ordinate departments,
materials which are not transparent or translucent,
undertakings and like agencies or organization in
usually contains the structural part of the building, and
whose name the property stands registered in the
supports the glazed façade. This type may be
revenue records for the construction of a building or
composed of one or more materials.
building complex
Open Gallery Mall (Type of Shopping Complex): a
P
large retail complex containing a variety of stores and
often restaurants and other business establishments Party wall: a firewall on an interior lot line used or
housed in a series of connected or adjacent buildings adapted for joint service between two buildings.
or in a single large building. The circulation area and Paved Areas: Paved area is an area that is paved with
atrium of the open gallery mall is an unconditioned concrete, asphalt, stone, brick, gravel, or other wearing
space and is open to sky. surface.

Percentage of Energy Saving (PES): percentage of pipes; and all building drains and building sewers,
energy saving of proposed building in reference to including on-site water and sewage treatment.
baseline building.
Permanently installed: equipment that is fixed in
Definitions
place and is not portable or movable.
pH: pH is a figure expressing the acidity or alkalinity of
a solution on a logarithmic scale on which 7 is neutral,
lower values are more acid and higher values more
alkaline. The pH is equal to −log10 c, where c is the
hydrogen ion concentration in moles per liter.
Plenum: a compartment or chamber to which one or
more ducts are connected, that forms a part of the air
Pool: any structure, basin, or tank containing an
distribution system, and that is not used for occupancy
artificial body of water for swimming, diving, or
or storage.
recreational bathing. The terms include, but no limited
Plug loads: energy used by products that are powered to, swimming pool, whirlpool, spa, hot tub.
by means of an AC plug. This term excludes building
Post occupancy: The buyer of a property agrees to
energy that is attributed to major end uses specified in
allow the seller of the property to stay in the property
§ 5, § 6, § 7, § 8, § 9, § 11 (like HVAC, lighting, water
past the settlement date.
heating, etc.).
Potable Water: Water that is satisfactory for drinking,
Plumbing Appliance: Devices or equipment that are
culinary, and domestic purposes and that meets the
intended to perform a special plumbing function. Its
requirements of the Health Authority Having
operation and/or control may be dependent upon one
Jurisdiction.
or more energized components, such as motors,
controls, heating elements, or pressure or P&I Diagram: Piping & Instrument diagram is a detail
temperature-sensing elements. Such device or diagram which shows all the piping together with the
equipment shall be permitted to operate automatically equipment’s, instruments & control devices.
or manually by the user or operator. Potential daylit time: amount of time in a day when
there is daylight to light a space adequately without
using artificial lighting. Potential daylit time is fixed for
Plumbing Appurtenance: A device or assembly that
8 hours per day i.e. from 09:00 AM to 5:00 PM local
is an adjunct to the basic piping system and plumbing
time, resulting 2920 hours in total for all building types
fixtures. An appurtenance demands no additional
except for Type E-1 - Educational, which shall be
water supply, nor does it add any discharge load to a
analyzed for 7 hours per day i.e. from 08:00 AM to 3:00
fixture or the drainage system. It performs some useful
PM local time.
function in the operation, maintenance, servicing,
economy, or safety of the plumbing system. Primary inter-cardinal direction: any of the four
points of the compass, midway between the cardinal
Plumbing Fixture: An approved-type receptacle or
points; northeast, southeast, southwest, or northwest
device that is supplied with water or that receives
are called primary inter-cardinal direction.
liquid wastes and discharges such wastes into the
drainage system to which it may be directly or
indirectly connected.
Plumbing System: Includes water, building supply,
and distribution pipes; all plumbing fixtures, fittings,
appliances and appurtenances; all drainage and vent

Process load: building loads resulting from the Recirculating system: a domestic or service hot water
consumption or release of energy due to industrial
processes or processes other than those for providing
space conditioning, lighting, ventilation, or service hot
Definitions
water heating.
Projection factor, overhang: It is the ratio of the
horizontal depth of the external shading projection to
the sum of the height of the fenestration and the
distance from the top of the fenestration to the bottom
of the farthest point of the external shading projection,
in consistent units. distribution system that includes a close circulation
Projection factor Right Fin(PFR)= C/(B+W) circuit designed to maintain usage temperatures in hot
water pipes near terminal devices (e.g., lavatory
Projection factor, side fin: It is the ratio of the
faucets, shower heads) in order to reduce the time
horizontal depth of the external shading projection to
required to obtain hot water when the terminal device
the distance from the window jamb to the farthest
valve is opened. The motive force for circulation is
point of the external shading projection, in consistent
either natural (due to water density variations with
units.
temperature) or mechanical (recirculation pump).
Projection factor Left Fin(PFL)= C/(A+W) Reclaimed (Recycled) Water: Non-potable water
generated, as a result of tertiary treatment of domestic
Projection factor Right Fin(PFR)= C/(B+W)
Black/Grey water that meets requirements of the
Projection Factor, overhang and side fin: average of Authority Having Jurisdiction for its intended uses.
ratio projection factor for overhang only and Remediation: The doing of any works, or carrying out
projection factor of side fin only. of any operations or taking of any steps in relation to a
Proposed Building: is consistent with the actual polluted site for the purpose of (a) identifying or
design of the building and complies with all the investigating or preventing or minimizing or
mandatory requirements of ECSBC. remedying or mitigating the adverse effects by reason
Proposed Design: a computer model of the proposed of which polluted site is such site; (b) restoring the
building, consistent with its actual design, which quality of environment, flora and fauna at the site to an
complies with all the mandatory requirements of acceptable level; and includes making of subsequent
ECSBC. inspections from time to time for the purpose of
keeping under review the condition of the site in
R
question, in the manner prescribed.
R-value (thermal resistance): the reciprocal of the
Renewable Energy Generating Zone: a contiguous or
time rate of heat flow through a unit area induced by a
semi-contiguous area, either on rooftop or elsewhere
unit temperature difference between two defined
within site boundary, dedicated for installation of
surfaces of material or construction under steady-state
renewable energy systems.
conditions. Units of R value are m2.K /W.
Renewable Energy Resources: energy from solar,
Readily accessible: capable of being reached quickly
wind, biomass or hydro, or extracted from hot fluid or
for operation, renewal, or inspections without
steam heated within the earth.
requiring those to whom ready access is requisite to
climb over or remove obstacles or to resort to portable Resort (Type of Hospitality): commercial
ladders, chairs, etc. In public facilities, accessibility establishments that provide relaxation and recreation
may be limited to certified personnel through locking over and above the accommodation, meals and other
covers or by placing equipment in locked rooms. basic amnesties. The characteristics of resort are as
below –

i. Includes 1 or more recreation(s) facility like Shading Equivalent Factor: coefficient for calculating
spa, swimming pool, or any sport; effective SHGC of fenestrations shaded by overhangs or
ii. Is located in the midst of natural and side fins.
picturesque surroundings outside the city; Shopping Mall (Shopping Complex): a large retail
Definitions
iii. Comprises of 2 or more blocks of buildings complex containing a variety of stores and often
within the same site less than or equal to 3 restaurants and other business establishments housed
floors (including the ground floor). in a series of connected or adjacent buildings or in a
single large building. The circulation area and atrium
Reset: automatic adjustment of the controller set point
of the mall is an enclosed space covered completely by
to a higher or lower value.
a permanent or temporary structure.
Roof: the upper portion of the building envelope,
Simulation program: software in which virtual
including opaque areas and fenestration, that is
building models can be developed to simulate the
horizontal or tilted at an angle of less than 60° from
energy performance of building systems and
horizontal. This includes podium roof as well which are
daylighting analysis
exposed to direct sun rays.
Single-zone system: an HVAC system serving a single
Roof area, gross: the area of the roof measured from
HVAC zone.
the exterior faces of walls or from the centerline of
party walls Site-recovered energy: waste energy recovered at
the building site that is used to offset consumption of
S
purchased fuel or electrical energy supplies.
Sedimentation Basin: A sediment basin is a
Slab-on-grade floor: floor slab of the building that is
temporary pond built on a construction site to capture
in contact with ground and that is either above grade
eroded or disturbed soil that is washed off during
or is less than or equal to 300 mm below the final
rainstorms, and protect the water quality of a nearby
elevation of the nearest exterior grade. Solar energy
stream, river, lake, or bay. The sediment-laden soil
source: source of thermal, chemical, or electrical
settles in the pond before the runoff is discharged.
energy derived from direction conversion of incident
Service: the equipment for delivering energy from the solar radiation at the building site.
supply or distribution system to the premises served.
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): the ratio of the
Service water heating equipment: equipment for solar heat gain entering the space through the
heating water for domestic or commercial purposes fenestration area to the incident solar radiation. Solar
other than space heating and process requirements. heat gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and
Set point: the desired temperature (°C) of the heated absorbed solar radiation, which is then reradiated,
or cooled space that must be maintained by mechanical conducted, or convected into the space.
heating or cooling equipment. Solar Reflectance: ratio of the solar radiation
Sewage: Wastewater containing human excreta reflected by a surface to the solar radiation incident
(faeces and urine) as well as sources of black water and upon it.
grey water. Solar Reflective Index: A measure of the constructed
Shading Coefficient (SC): measure of thermal surface’s ability to stay cool in the sun by reflecting
performance of glazing. It is the ratio of solar heat gain solar radiation and emitting thermal radiation. It is
through glazing due to solar radiation at normal defined such that a standard black surface (initial solar
incidence to that occurring through 3 mm thick clear, reflectance 0.05, initial thermal emittance 0.90) has an
double-strength glass. Shading coefficient, as used initial SRI of 0, and a standard white surface (initial
herein, does not include interior, exterior, or integral solar reflectance 0.80, initial thermal emittance 0.90)
shading devices. has an initial SRI of 100. To calculate the SRI for a given
material, obtain its solar reflectance and thermal

emittance via the Cool Roof Rating Council Standard level or building roof. Basement and cellar shall not be
(CRRC-1). SRI is calculated according to ASTM E 1980. considered a story.
Calculation of the aged SRI is based on the aged, tested Summer Solar Insolation: measure of solar radiation
values of solar reflectance and thermal emittance. energy received on a given surface area from the
Definitions
Space: an enclosed area within a building. The month of March to October within the same calendar
classifications of spaces are as follows for purpose of year. Units of measurement are watts per square meter
determining building envelope requirements: (W/m²) or kilowatt-hours per square meter per day
(a) Conditioned space: a cooled space, heated (kW•h/(m²•day)) (or hours/day).
space, or directly conditioned space. Super Market (Shopping Complex): supermarkets
(b) Semi-heated space: an enclosed space within a are large self-service grocery stores that offer
building that is heated by a heating system customers a variety of foods and household supplies.
whose output capacity is greater or equal to The merchandise is organized into an organized aisle
10.7 W/m2 but is not a conditioned space. format, where each aisle has only similar goods placed
together.
(c) Non-conditioned space: an enclosed space
within a building that is not conditioned space System: a combination of equipment and auxiliary
or a semi-heated space. Crawlspaces, attics, devices (e.g., controls, accessories, interconnecting
and parking garages with natural or means, and terminal elements) by which energy is
mechanical ventilation are not considered transformed so it performs a specific function such as
enclosed spaces. HVAC, service water heating, or lighting.
Sullage: Wastewater without faecal matter. Commonly System Efficiency: the system efficiency is the ratio of
known as Gray water. annual kWh electricity consumption of equipment of
water cooled chilled water plant (i.e. chillers, chilled
Star Hotels/motels (Star Hotel): any building or
and condenser water pumps, cooling tower) to chiller
group of buildings under single management and
thermal kWh used in a building.
accredited as a starred hotel by the Hotel and
Restaurant Approval and Classification Committee, System, existing: a system or systems previously
Ministry of Tourism, in which sleeping installed in an existing building.
accommodation, with or without dining facilities is T
provided. Tenant lease agreement: The formal legal document
Stand-alone Retail (Shopping Complex): a large entered into between a Landlord and a Tenant to
retail store owned or sublet to a single management reflect the terms of the negotiations between them;
which may offer customers a variety of products under that is, the lease terms have been negotiated and
self-branding or products of different brands. The agreed upon, and the agreement has been reduced to
single management shall have a complete ownership of writing. It constitutes the entire agreement between
all the spaces of the building and no space within the the parties and sets forth their basic legal rights.
building is further sold or sublet to a different Tenant leased area: area of a building that is leased to
management. tenant(s) as per the tenant lease agreement.
Baseline Design: a computer model of a hypothetical Terminal device: a device through which heated or
building, based on actual building design, that fulfils all cooled air is supplied to a space to maintain its
the mandatory requirements and minimally complies temperature. It usually contains dampers and heating
with the standardized requirements of ECSBC, as and cooling coils. Or a device by which energy form a
described in the Whole Building Performance method. system is finally delivered, e.g., registers, diffusers,
Story: portion of a building that is between one lighting fixtures, faucets, etc.
finished floor level and the next higher finished floor Tactile warning blocks: Tactile warning blocks
indicate an approaching potential hazard or a change

in direction of the walkway, and serve as a warning of Transport Buildings (Assembly): any building or
the approaching danger to persons with visual structure used for the purpose of transportation and
impairments, preparing them to tread cautiously and transit like airports, railway stations, bus stations, and
expect obstacles along the travel path, traffic underground and elevated mass rapid transit system
Definitions
intersections, doorways, etc. example, underground or elevated railways.
Theater or motion picture hall (Type of Assembly): Type 1 Ecolabel: Type I ecolabels are voluntary labels
any building primarily meant for theatrical or operatic that signify overall environmental preference of a
performances, and which has a stage, proscenium product or services based on life-cycle considerations
curtain, fixed or portable scenery or scenery loft, lights, that address multiple environmental criteria, which
mechanical appliances or other theatrical accessories are based on transparent standards for environmental
and equipment for example, theaters, motion picture preferability, verified by a qualified organization.
houses, auditoria, concert halls, television and radio U
studios admitting an audience and which are provided
Unconditioned buildings: building in which more
with fixed seats.
than 90% of spaces are unconditioned spaces.
Thermal block: a collection of one or more HVAC
Unconditioned space: mechanically or naturally
zones grouped together for simulation purposes.
ventilated space that is not cooled or heated by
Spaces need not be contiguous to be combined within
mechanical equipment.
a single thermal block.
Universities and all others coaching/training
Thermal comfort conditions: conditions that
institutions (Educational): a building or a group of
influence thermal comfort of occupants.
buildings, under single management, used for
Environmental conditions that influence thermal
imparting education to students numbering more than
comfort air and radiant temperature, humidity, and air
100 or public or private training institution built to
speed.
provide training/coaching etc.
Thermostat: device containing a temperature sensor
Used Water: Black or Grey water from fixtures or
used to automatically maintain temperature at a
appliances.
desirable fixed or adjustable set point in a space.
Useful Daylight Illuminance: percentage of annual
Tinted: (as applied to fenestration) bronze, green, or
daytime hours that a given point on a work plane
grey colouring that is integral with the glazing
height of 0.8 m above finished floor level receives
material. Tinting does not include surface applied films
daylight between 100 lux to 2,000 lux.
such as reflective coatings, applied either in the field or
during the manufacturing process. U-factor (Thermal Transmittance): heat
transmission in unit time through unit area of a
Topsoil: Topsoil is the upper layer of a soil profile,
material or construction and the boundary air films,
usually darker in colour (because of its higher organic
induced by unit temperature difference between the
matter content) and more fertile than subsoil, and
environments on each side. Unit of U value is W/m2.K.
which is a product of natural, biological and
environmental processes. V
Transformer: a static piece of apparatus with two or Variable Air Volume (VAV) system: HVAC system
more windings which, by electromagnetic induction, that controls the dry-bulb temperature within a space
transforms a system of alternating voltage and current by varying the volumetric flow of heated or cooled air
into another system of voltage and current usually of supplied to the space
different values and at the same frequency for the Vegetative roofs: also known as green roofs, they are
purpose of transmitting electrical power thin layers of living vegetation installed on top of
Transformer losses: electrical losses in a transformer conventional flat or sloping roofs.
that reduces its efficiency.

Ventilation: the process of supplying or removing air
by natural or mechanical means to or from any space.
Such air is not required to have been conditioned.
Video conferencing: Any space where one- or two-
Definitions
way audio and video communication is supported
between two or more sites (refer Figure below). Both
audio (aural) and video (visual) communication are
supported in real time. The transfer and display of
information and data such as documents and
multimedia program materials may also be available
functions in a videoconference space.
Water heater: vessel in which water is heated and
Vermicomposting: It is a process in which withdrawn for use external to the system.
earthworms are used to convert organic materials into
Wastewater: Used water from plumbing fixtures or
humus-like material known as vermicompost.
similar equipment which may be a source of black or
Vision Windows: windows or area of large windows grey water.
that are primarily for both daylight and exterior views.
Wet Area: Areas such as bathroom, toilet, kitchen and
Typically, their placement in the wall is between 1
laundry where water is utilized at fixtures and
meter and 2.2 meter above the floor level.
appliances.
White Light Source: electrically operated product
W intended to emit, or, in the case of a non-incandescent
Wall: that portion of the building envelope, including light source, intended to be possibly tuned to emit,
opaque area and fenestration, that is vertical or tilted light, or both, with the following optical
at an angle of 60° from horizontal or greater. This characteristics:
includes above- and below-grade walls, between floor Chromaticity coordinates x and y in the range 0.270 <
spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, and foundation x < 0.530 and
walls.
2.3172 x2 + 2.3653 x – 0.2199 < y < − 2.3172 x2 + 2.3653
(a) Wall, above grade: a wall that is not below x – 0.1595
grade.
Z
(b) Wall, below grade: that portion of a wall in the
Zone, HVAC: a space or group of spaces within a
building envelope that is entirely below the
building with heating and cooling requirements that
finish grade and in contact with the ground.
are sufficiently similar so that desired conditions (e.g.,
Wall area, gross: the overall area off a wall including temperature) can be maintained throughout using a
openings such as windows and doors measured single sensor (e.g., thermostat or temperature sensor).
horizontally from outside surface to outside surface
Zone, Critical: a zone serving a process where reset of
and measured vertically from the top of the floor to the
the zone temperature set point during a demand shed
top of the roof. If roof insulation is installed at the
event might disrupt the process, including but not
ceiling level rather than the roof, then the vertical
limited to data centers, telecom and private branch
measurement is made to the top of the ceiling. The
exchange (PBX) rooms, and laboratories.
gross wall area includes the area between the ceiling
and the floor for multi-story buildings. Zone, non-critical: a zone that is not a critical zone.
Zone, Plumbing: A group of 8-10 adjacent floors
categorized as zone for a pumping system.

0.2 SI to IP Conversion Factors
SI Unit IP Unit
Definitions
1 cmh 1.7 cfm
1 Pa 0.0040 inch of water gauge
1m 3.28 ft
1m 39.37 in
1mm 0.039 in
1 l/s 2.12 cfm
1 m2 10.76 ft2
1 W/m2 0.0929 W/ ft2
1 W/ lin m 3.28 W/ ft
1 W/m2.K 0.1761 Btu/ h-ft2-°F
1 W/ l-s-1 0.063 W/ gpm
1 m2.K/W 5.678 ft2-h-ºF/ Btu
1 ºC ((ºC X 9/5) + 32) ºF

1 kWr 0.284 TR
1 kW 1.34 hp
1 kW 3412.142 u/hr

13.3 Abbreviations and Acronyms kVA kilovolt-ampere
kW Kilowatt of electricity
AFUE Annual fuel utilization efficiency kWr kilowatt of refrigeration
Definitions
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards kWh kilowatt-hour
Btu British thermal unit l/s liter per second
Btu/h British thermal units per hour LE luminous efficacy
Btu/h-ft2- British thermal units per hour per Lin linear
°F square foot per degree Fahrenheit
lin ft linear foot
BUA Built up area
lin m linear meter
C Celsius
Lm lumens
cmh cubic meter per hour
Lm/W lumens per watt
cm centimetre
LPD lighting power density
COP coefficient of performance
M meter
DEF daylight extent factor
Mm millimetre
EER energy efficiency ratio
m2 square meter
EPI energy performance index
m2.K/W square meter Kelvin per watt
F Fahrenheit
NBC National Building Code 2016
ft foot
Pa pascal
h hour
PF projection factor
h-ft2- hour per square foot per degree
°F/Btu Fahrenheit per British thermal unit R R-value (thermal resistance)
h-m2- hour per square meter per degree SC shading coefficient

°C/W Celsius per Watt SEF Shading equivalent factor
hp horsepower SHGC solar heat gain coefficient
HVAC heating, ventilation, and air TR tons of refrigeration
conditioning
UPS uninterruptible power supply
I-P inch-pound
VAV variable air volume
in. inch
VLT visible light transmission
IPLV integrated part-load value
W watt
IS Indian Standard
W/ l-s-1 watt per litre per second
ISO International Organization for
W/m2 watts per square meter
Standardization
W/m2.K watts per square meter per Kelvin

W/m2 watts per hour per square meter RO Reverse Osmosis
W/m.K watts per lineal meter per Kelvin RWH Rainwater Harvesting
Wh watthour S&L Standards and Labelling Program of
Definitions
BEE
BEP Best Efficiency Point
Solar PV Solar Photo-Voltaic panels
BMS Building Management System
SDG Sustainable Development Goal
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
TDS Total Dissolved Solid
BWUE Bureau of Water Use Efficiency
TMV Thermostatic Mixing Valves
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
TSS Total suspended Solids
COP Coefficient of Performance
VFD Variable Frequency Drive
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
WBD Water Balance Diagram
CPHEEO Central Public Health & Environmental
Engineering Organization WPI Water Performance Index
ECSBC Energy Conservation and Sustainability

Building Code
ETC Evacuated Tube Collectors
FPC Flat Plate Collectors
IE Motors International Efficiency Motors
IoT Internet of Things
IPA Indian Plumbing Association
IS Indian Standard
LPCD Litres per capita per day
LPD Litres per day

LPF Litres per flush
LPM Litres per minute

LPS Litres per second
MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forests &

Climate Change
MoUD Ministry of Urban Development
NGT National Green Tribunal
NWM National Water Mission

pH Hydrogen Ion Concentration
PLC Programmable Logic Controller

1. Purpose
In accordance with section 14(p) of the Energy
Conservation Act, 2001, the purpose of the Energy
Conservation and Sustainable Building Code (ECSBC)
Scope
is to provide norms and standards for energy
efficiency and its conservation, use of renewable
energy and other green building requirements for a
building. This Code also provides two additional sets
of incremental requirements for buildings to achieve
enhanced levels of energy efficiency and sustainability
that go beyond the minimum requirements.

d) Electrical power and motors, and renewable
2. Scope energy systems,
The Code is applicable to buildings or building e) Site of building,
complexes that have a connected load of 100 kW or f) Water supply systems & Controls,
greater or a contract demand of 120 kVA or greater g) Other relevant systems.
and are intended to be used for commercial or office
The provisions of this code do not apply to plug loads,
building.
and equipment and parts of buildings that use energy
Scope
Buildings intended for residential purposes are not for manufacturing processes, unless otherwise
covered under this Code. specified in the Code.
2.1 Performance Levels 2.3 Precedence

The code prescribes the following three levels of The following codes, programs, and policies will take
compliance: precedence over this Code in case of conflict:
a) Any policy notified as taking precedence over
a) ECSBC Complaint Building: ECSBC buildings this Code, or any other rules on safety,
shall demonstrate compliance by adopting the security, health, or environment by Central,
mandatory requirements listed in Chapters 4
State, or Local Government.
through 11, as well as other ECSBC requirements
b) Bureau of Energy Efficiency’s Standards and
under one of the two compliance methods
Labelling for appliances and Star Rating
(Integrative Compliance Method (ICM) or
Standardized Compliance Method (SCM)) Program for buildings provided both or
specified in Chapter 3. either are more stringent than the
b) ECSBC+ Complaint Building: ECSBC+ buildings requirements of this Code.
shall demonstrate compliance by adopting the 2.4 Reference Standards
mandatory requirements listed in Chapters 4 The National Building Code of India (NBC) is the
through 11, as well as other ECSBC+
reference standard for lighting levels, heating,
requirements under one of the two compliance
ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC), thermal
methods (Integrative Compliance Method (ICM)
comfort conditions, natural ventilation, site designing
or Standardized Compliance Method (SCM))
specified in Chapter 3 & planning, air quality control, water and waste
c) Super ECSBC Complaint Building: Super ECSBC management, any other building materials and system
buildings shall demonstrate compliance by design criteria addressed in this Code.
adopting the mandatory requirements listed in Note: The National Building Code of India (NBC) 2016
Chapters 4 through 11, as well as other Super is referenced in this code at various chapters. Any
ECSBC requirements under one of the two subsequent revisions or updated versions of the NBC,
compliance methods (Integrative Compliance when published, will automatically apply to all relevant
Method (ICM) or Standardized Compliance sections of ECSBC that are referenced to NBC,
Method (SCM)) specified in Chapter 3. throughout this code.
Standards and labelling (S&L) Program of BEE will be
2.2 Building Systems
applicable for minimum equipment efficiency
The provisions of this code apply to: standards, wherever specified. In case the schedule of
a) Building envelope, S&L is revised for any equipment, the design approval
b) Mechanical systems and equipment, year of building will be considered as base year for
including heating, ventilating, and air ECSBC compliance.
conditioning, service hot water heating,
c) Interior and exterior lighting, and

2.5 Building Classification Business buildings shall include both Daytime
and 24-hour subcategories.
Any one or more building or part of a building with
e) Educational: Any building used for schools,
commercial or office use is classified as per the
colleges, universities, and other training
functional requirements of its design, construction,
institutions for day-care purposes involving
and use. The key classification is as below:
assembly for instruction, education, or
a) Hospitality: Any building in which sleeping recreation for students. If residential
accommodation is provided for commercial
Scope
accommodation is provided in the schools,
purposes, except any building classified under colleges, or universities or coaching/ training
Health Care. Buildings and structures under institution, that portion of occupancy shall be
Hospitality shall include the following: classified as a No-star Hotel. Buildings and
I. No-star Hotels – like Lodging-houses, structures under Educational shall include
dormitories, no-star hotels/motels following types: Schools, All other types of
II. Resort institutes, e.g. college, university, training
III. Star Hotel institutes etc.
b) Health Care: Any building or part thereof, f) Shopping Complex: Any building or part
which is used for purposes such as medical or thereof, which is used as shops, stores,
other treatment or care of persons suffering market, for display and sale of merchandise,
from physical or mental illness, disease, or either wholesale or retail. Buildings like
infirmity; care of infants, convalescents, or shopping malls, stand-alone retails, open
aged persons, and for penal or correctional gallery malls, super markets, or hyper
detention in which the liberty of the inmates markets are included in this type.
is restricted. Health Care buildings ordinarily g) Mixed-use Building: In a mixed-use
provide sleeping accommodation for the building, each commercial part of a building
occupants. Buildings and structures like must be classified separately, and –
hospitals, sanatoria, out-patient healthcare, I. If a part of the mixed-use building
laboratories, research establishments, and has different classification and is less
test houses are included under this type. than 10% of the total above grade
c) Assembly: Any building or part of a building, floor area, the mixed-use building
where number of persons congregate or shall show compliance based on the
gather for amusement, recreation, social, building sub-classification having
religious, patriotic, civil, travel and similar higher percentage of above grade
purposes. Buildings like theatres or motion floor area.
picture halls, gathering halls, and transport II. If a part of the mixed-use building
buildings like airports, railway stations, bus has different classification and one
stations, and underground and elevated mass or more sub-classification is more
rapid transit system are included in this than 10% of the total above grade
group. floor area, the compliance
d) Business: Any building or part thereof which requirements for each sub-
is used for transaction of business, for classification, having area more than
keeping of accounts and records and similar 10% of above grade floor area of a
purposes, professional establishments, and mixed-use building shall be
service facilities. There are two subcategories determined by the requirements for
under Business – Daytime Business and 24- the respective building classification
hour Business. Unless otherwise mentioned, in Chapter 4 through Chapter 11.

Any building which does not fall under any of the
categories defined above shall be classified in a
category mentioned above that best describes the
function of the building.
Scope

Table 2.1 Building Typologies for ECSBC 2024
A. Star Hotel
B. No Star Hotel
C. Resort
Scope
Hospitality
D. College
E. University
F. Institution
G. School
Educational
H. Hospital
I. Out- Patient Healthcare
Health Care
J. Shopping mall
K. Stand- Alone Retails
L. Open Gallery Malls
M. Super Markets
Shopping Complex
N. Daytime use
O. 24- hours use
Business
P. Multiplex
Q. Theatre
R. Building used for Transport Service
Assembly

3. APPROACH TO COMPLIANCE Note: The net built–up area (𝑚2 ) is the total built–
up area (𝑠𝑞𝑚𝑡.) excluding the following areas:
3.1. General a) Unconditioned basement area (𝑚2)
This code has two different methods of compliance, all b) Unconditioned refuge area (𝑚2)
Compliance
the buildings typologies shall follow any one of the c) Stilt Parking Area (𝑚2)
following methods in order to comply with the code: 2. To comply with the code through ICM, MEPI value
a) Integrative Compliance Method (ICM) shall be calculated using simulation as specified in
(Simulation approach) chapter 12 and its value rounded off to two decimal
b) Standardized Compliance Method (SCM) places in accordance with IS 2: 1960 “rules for
(Prescriptive approach) rounding off numerical values”.
3.2. Compliance Methods d) Percentage of Energy Saving (PES)
Buildings that fall under the scope of the code as The percentage of energy savings (PES) for a proposed
mentioned in Chapter 2, shall comply with the code by building represents the estimated energy savings
meeting all the mandatory requirements and any of the compared to a baseline building.
compliance methods mentioned in section 3.2.2. or 3.2.3. (𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 − 𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 )
𝑃𝐸𝑆 = ( ) ∗ 100
𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒
3.2.1. Mandatory Requirements
Building shall comply with all mandatory requirements 1. Proposed Building shall be consistent with the
mentioned under section 4.2 through 11.2, irrespective actual design of the building and complies with all
of the compliance method. the mandatory requirements in addition to the
requirements mentioned in chapter 12.
3.2.2. Integrative Compliance Method 2. Baseline building shall have the same building floor
a) Requirement for ECSBC Compliance area, gross wall area and gross roof area as the
A building shall comply with the code using ICM if it proposed building and complies with the
meets the simulation requirements mentioned in the requirements of chapter 12.
section 12.2 & 12.3 and Table 3.1, in addition to 3. The PES of the building that demonstrate
meeting all the mandatory requirements (Refer Table compliance through ICM method shall not be
3.2). negative and shall refer to the compliance
requirements mentioned in section 12.6.
b) Requirements for ECSBC Plus and ECSBC Super
Compliance
Table 3.1: Compliance requirement under ICM (Whole building
A building shall comply with the code using ICM if it
method)
meets the simulation requirements mentioned in the
section 12.2 & 12.3 and table 3.1 meets the additional Building MEPI requirement Minimum
mandatory requirements mentioned in the section 4.3 Type PES
through 11.3 in addition to meeting all the mandatory requirement
requirements (Refer Table 3.2) ECSBC 𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 = 𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 NA
c) Modeled Energy Performance Intensity (MEPI) ECSBC 𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 < 𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 Section 12.6
Plus
1. The MEPI of a building is its annual energy
consumption in kilowatt-hour per square meter of Super 𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 < 𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 Section 12.6
ECSBC
the building. MEPI can be determined by:
𝑘𝑊ℎ
(𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 (𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟))
𝑀𝐸𝑃𝐼 =
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝐵𝑢𝑖𝑙𝑡𝑈𝑝 𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑚2 )

3.2.3. Standardized Compliance Method the envelope performance factor (EPF) of the
proposed building is less than or equal to the
a) Requirement for ECSBC Compliance
EPF of the Standard Building, calculated as per
1. A building shall comply with the code using SCM section 5.3.5
Compliance
if it meets the standardized requirement
mentioned in the section 5.3 through 8.3, in d) Total System Efficiency
addition to meeting all the mandatory For projects using central chilled water plants,
requirements (Refer Table 3.3). the total system efficiency (TSE) approach can
2. ECSBC buildings that demonstrate compliance be used.. This approach may be used in place of
through SCM shall be deemed to have PES as the standardized requirement criteria of central
defined in section 12.5.3. chilled water plant side systems comprises
b) Requirement for ECSBC + & super ECSBC chillers, chilled water pumps, condenser water
Compliance pumps, and cooling tower fans Per this
1. A building shall comply with the code using approach, a building complies if the TSE
SCM if it meets the standardized thresholds are met as per table 6-25 maximum
requirements mentioned in the section 5.3 system efficiency threshold for ECSBC, ECSBC
through 8.3 and the additional mandatory Plus, and super ECSBC Buildings. Compliance
requirements mentioned in section 4.3 with other standardized requirement of
through 11.3, in addition to meeting all the section6.3, as applicable, shall be met.
mandatory requirements (Refer Table 3.3). e) Low Energy Comfort Systems
2. ECSBC Plus and Super ECSBC buildings that Low Energy Comfort Systems, is a simplified
demonstrate compliance through the SCM approach that provides projects using Low
shall be deemed to have PES as defined in Energy Comfort Systems an opportunity to
section 12.5.3. achieve improved compliance levels of ECSBC
c) Building Envelope Trade-off Method plus and super ECSBC. In addition to
To comply with the SCM the Building Envelope compliance with the applicable standardized
Trade-off Method can be used in place of the requirement of section 6.3, the projects must
standardized requirement of section 5.3.1, 5.3.2 meet the sum of cooling and heating
and 5.3.3. A building complies with the Code requirement using approved list of low energy
using the building envelope trade-off method if systems as per requirements specified in
section 6.3.13.
Table3.2: Section required to be followed for ECSBC, ECSBC plus and Super ECSBC compliance with Integrative Compliance Method
(ICM)
Mandatory Requirements for Simulation Requirements for

Additional Mandatory Requirements
ECSBC, ECSBC plus and Super ECSBC, ECSBC plus and Super
for ECSBC plus and Super ECSBC
ECSBC ECSBC
Section 4.2 Section 4.3
Section 5.2
Section 6.2
Section 12.2 and 12.3
Section 7.2
Section 8.2

Compliance
Table 3.3: Section required to be followed for ECSBC, ECSBC plus and Super ECSBC compliance with Standardized Compliance
Method (SCM)
Mandatory Requirements for Additional Mandatory Requirements for Standardized Requirements for
ECSBC, ECSBC plus and Super
ECSBC, ECSBC plus and Super ECSBC ECSBC plus and Super ECSBC ECSBC
3.3.1. New Building Compliance

g. Water management and controls (only those
3.3.1. New Building Compliance
installed by developer/ owner)
a) Complete Building Compliance h. Waste management (only those installed by
New buildings with completed fit-outs shall comply with developer/ owner)
the provisions of section 3.2.1. and either the provision i. Sustainable sites and planning (only those
of section 3.2.2 or 3.2.3. installed by developer/ owner)
b) Core and Shell Building Compliance 2. Additionally, the tenant lease agreement shall have
a legal undertaking clause to ensure interior fit-outs
1. New core and shell building shall comply with the
made by tenant shall be Code compliant. The legal
provisions of section 3.2.1 and either the provision
undertaking shall mandate the relevant energy
of section 3.2.2 or 3.2.3 following base building
efficiency compliance requirements in accordance
systems in the common areas:
with the provisions of section 3.2.1 and 3.2.3 for all
a. Building envelope
interior fit-outs within the tenant leased area.
b. Thermal comfort systems and controls (only
those installed by developer/ owner) 3.3.2 Additions and Alteration to Existing
c. Lighting systems and controls (only those Building
installed by developer/ owner) If any existing building after additions or alterations
d. Electrical systems (only those installed by changes its connected load to 100 kilo- Watt (kW) or
developer/ owner) above or a contract demand of 120 kilo-Volt Ampere
e. Renewable energy systems (only those installed (kVA) or above shall comply with the provisions of
by developer/ owner) chapter 4 through 11. Compliance may be demonstrated
f. Indoor environmental quality (only those in either of the following ways:
installed by developer/ owner)

a. The addition shall comply with the applicable solar water heating system; requirement for balance
requirements, or report;
b. The addition, together with the entire existing c. Lighting: lighting schedule showing type, number,
building, shall comply with the requirements of and wattage of lamps and ballasts; automatic
Compliance
this Code that shall apply to the entire building, lighting shutoff, occupancy sensors, and other
as if it were a new building. lighting controls; lamp efficacy for exterior lamps;
Exceptions to 3.3.2: d. Electrical Power: electric schedule showing
transformer losses, motor efficiencies, and power
When space conditioning is provided by existing systems
factor correction devices; electric check metering
and equipment, the existing systems and equipment need
and monitoring system.
not comply with this code. However, any new equipment
e. Renewable energy systems: system peak installed
installed must comply with specific requirements
capacity, technical specifications, solar zone area.
applicable to that equipment.
f. Sustainable Sites & Planning
3.4. Approved Compliance Tools g. Water Management and Controls
A building following the whole building performance h. Waste Management
method of chapter 12 or Total System Efficiency – i. Indoor Environment Quality and other relevant
Alternate compliance approach (section 6.3.12) shall parameters.
show compliance through energy simulation software 3.7. Supplemental Information
endorsed by BEE.
The authority having jurisdiction may require
3.5. Administrative Requirements supplemental information necessary to verify
Administrative requirements, including but not limited compliance with this code, such as calculations,
to, permit requirements, enforcement, interpretations, worksheets, compliance forms, manufacturer’s
claims of exemption, approved calculation methods, and literature, or other data.
rights of appeal are specified by the authority having
jurisdiction.
3.6. Compliance Documents
Construction drawings and specifications shall show all
pertinent data and features of the building, equipment,
and systems in sufficient detail to permit the authority
having jurisdiction to verify that the building complies
with the requirements of this code. Details shall include,
but are not limited to:
a. Building Envelope: opaque construction materials
and their thermal properties including thermal
conductivity, specific heat, density along with
thickness; fenestration U-factors, solar heat gain
coefficients (SHGC), visible light transmittance
(VLT) and building envelope sealing documentation;
overhangs and side fins, building envelope sealing
details;
b. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning: system
and equipment types, sizes, efficiencies, and
controls; economizers; variable speed drives; piping
insulation; duct sealing, insulation and location;

zones, heritage areas, water body zones, hazard-prone
4. Sustainable Sites & Planning
Sustainable Sites & Planning

areas, and other designated zones. Additionally,
4.1 General Requirement construction activities shall not obstruct or interfere
The Sustainable Sites and Planning chapter addresses with existing infrastructure, such as water bodies,
the preservation of ecological integrity and the power or communication lines, and sewerage lines
reduction of environmental impacts resulting from located on or adjacent to the project site.
construction activities. It mandates the restoration and
4.1.4 Design for Differently Abled
conservation of biodiversity that is impacted or
potentially impacted by site development. Buildings a) Ramps
must adhere to the mandatory requirements set forth Provide minimum one accessible entrance with
in Section 4.2. Additional mandatory provisions for provision of ramp. Ramps shall conform to NBC 2016 –
ECSBC Plus and Super ECSBC are outlined in Section Part 3, Annexure B-6.2.2 - Table 10 and B-6.2.1 c, B-
4.3. Documentation demonstrating compliance must be 6.2.4. and also single row of tactile ground surface
submitted for verification as prescribed in Section 4.4. indicator warning blocks shall be placed at the
beginning and end of each ramp conform to NBC-2016,
Part-3.
All ECSBC, ECSBC Plus, Super ECSBC compliant
buildings shall conform to section 4.2. All ECSBC Plus
b) Building main entrance gate
and ECSBC Super compliant building shall confirm to
The main entrance of any building shall ensure access
section 4.3 in addition to section 4.2.
for all including persons with disabilities, elderly and
others with special needs without a need for special
4.2. Mandatory Requirements entry. The clear width of the accessible entrance door
shall not be less than 900mm.
4.1.1 Topsoil Preservation
Fertile topsoil, ranging from 150 to 200 mm in depth, c) Elevators
must be preserved, stabilized, and its fertility In Multi-storied buildings provide at least one elevator
maintained during preconstruction activities. The that shall conform to NBC 2016 – Part 3, Annexure B-
stored topsoil shall be utilized as the finished grade for 6.4, accessible to persons with disabilities at all usable
planting areas either within the site or externally. If the levels. The elevator opening shall be 0.9 m minimum.
stored topsoil is not utilized on-site, appropriate Audio and braille assistance shall be provided in lifts
measures must be taken to ensure its proper reuse. for visually impaired people.
4.1.2 Tree Preservation and Compensatory d) Washroom

Planting Minimum one restroom in the building common areas
Ensure the protection or preservation of existing mature shall be designed for differently abled people or as
trees, either naturally or in accordance with the guidelines defined by the local byelaw, in an easily accessible
of local bylaws or authorities, whichever is more location.
stringent. If preservation is not feasible, compliance with
a. Provide minimum one unisex wheelchair user
the Model Building Bylaws is required, ensuring
accessible restroom that shall conform to NBC
compensatory plantation for felled or transplanted trees
2016 – Part 3, Annexure B-9.2.2, with central
at a ratio of 1:3 within the premises under consideration. placement of water closet and provision of
4.1.3 Selection of site washbasin.
b. Depending on footfall, provide additional
The site plan must adhere to local bylaws concerning
accessible toilets in male and female restroom that
the development plan and master plan, as well as the
shall conform to NBC 2016 – Part 3, Annexure B-
Urban Development Plans Formulation and
9.2.3
Implementation (UDPFI) guidelines and regulations.
c. The floor surfaces shall be slip resistant, anti-glare
Compliance is required for eco-sensitive zones, coastal and firm.

d. Signages at entrance of accessible toilets shall (C) Access for Differently Abled

conform to NBC 2016 – Part 3, Annexure B-9.18. Access to the building for differently abled people shall
be designed as per NBC 2016 – Part 3, Annexure B-5.3
4.1.5 Heat Island Reduction – Non-Roof Areas and its subsequent versions if any:
Paved areas including uncovered parking areas and
pathways of the site shall not exceed 30% of the total a. Width of the entrance door shall be minimum 0.9
site area excluding building footprint or as per local bye m.
law, whichever is more stringent. b. Tactile warning blocks shall be provided at 0.3 m
from the entrance.
4.1.6 Brownfield Remediation
If applicable, brownfield sites for construction of 4.3.2 Other Requirements for Super ECSBC
commercial buildings shall be used only after proper building Compliance
remediation. Remediation techniques shall include but
not limited to pump-and-treat, bioreactors, land (a) Access to Amenities
farming and in-situ remediation. Access to at least four amenities shall be provided from
the list below, either within the building or within a
Note: The remediation measures shall be as per local walking distance of 800 m from the building entrance.
building bye laws. Post remediation, the site shall be These facilities shall be available once the building is
approved by local statutory body for its intended use. operational.
4.3 Additional Mandatory Requirements a. Automated Teller Machine (ATM) / Bank

b. Health care Clinic / Hospital
All ECSBC Plus and Super ECSBC buildings shall
c. Crèche
address the following additional measures:
d. Pharmacy
4.3.1 Requirements for ECSBC Plus and Super e. Restaurant / Cafeteria
ECSBC building Compliance f. Fitness Centre / Gym
(a) Topsoil preservation (b) Access to Public Transportation

It is required that a sedimentation basin be installed at 1. The project shall have access to a public
the stormwater exit from the site during construction transportation by road, or rail or water within
to prevent topsoil erosion.. 800 m walking distance from project exit gate,
(or)
(b) Dedicated Parking for Differently Abled 2. Wherever public transport is not available
Preferential parking for differently-abled individuals within 800m walking distance, transport
shall be provided in accordance with NBC 2016 – (Part service to the nearest public transport facility
3, Annexure B-3.5) and its subsequent revisions if any. to cater to at least 25% of the building
occupants shall be provided.
a. One differently abled car park shall be provided for
the first 100 parking spaces, additional differently (c) In-situ transit
abled car park for every 250 parking spaces For all Super ECSBC buildings, if applicable, buildings in
thereafter. large campuses with total ground area above 1,00,000
b. Dedicated parking shall be accessible within 30m 𝑚2 shall provide the following:
of the main entrance. a. Bicycle lane network for internal commuting to
c. Signages shall be installed for dedicated differently connect all main buildings.
abled parking at a minimum height of 2.1 m. b. Bicycle parking facility for all main buildings
d. International symbol of accessibility shall be within 100 m of walking distance from
painted on floor surface as per NBC 2016 -Part 3, entrance to cater to 10% of the occupants.
Annexure B-3.3.
(d) Heat Island Reduction – Roof Areas
For all Super ECSBC buildings, urban heat island effect
shall be minimized by providing cool roof or vegetation

for minimum 95% of the net exposed roof area as

specified in chapter 5.
(e) Heat Island Reduction – Non-Roof Areas

For all Super ECSBC buildings, Shade shall be provided
for 100% of paved area including uncovered parking
area and pathways either through vegetation or a
combination of vegetation, structural shade with high-
reflective materials and open grid paver blocks. The
structural roof shall meet the cool roof criteria of
minimum SRI of 82. High reflective materials provided
in non-roof areas shall have SRI of at least 29 and not
greater than 64.
4.4 Compliance Documents Requirement

Specification sheet or cut sheet from manufacturer for
material/product/installed fixtures along with the copy
of purchase invoice/BOQ/tender documents, whenever
possible.
1. Site Plan highlighted trees (existing mature

trees, preserved trees, transplanted, removed),
along with highlighting top soil excavation and
top soil storage and preservation area with
volume.
2. Fertility report of soil from a certified lab.
3. Survey-plan highlighted existing features of the
site like existing water bodies, power or
communication lines, sewerage lines.
4. Accessibility Plan highlighted measures
(ramps with handrails on entrances and grade
change, tactile guiding system, easily accessible
play areas etc.) to ensure universal
accessibility including features for differently
abled, children and elderly.
5. Landscape Plan highlighted the following:
6. Plant/tree schedule for all vegetated species
being planted along with measures taken to
preserve local biodiversity and ecology;
7. All type of finishes used on site with legend
8. Waterbodies/ water features, Vegetated areas,
paved areas, building footprint.

5 Building Envelope 5.2.2 Opaque Construction
(a) U-Factor
5.1 General Requirement U-factors shall be calculated for the opaque
The building envelope shall comply with the construction in accordance with ISO-6946. Testing
mandatory requirements as specified in Section 5.2, shall be done in accordance with approved ISO
Building Envelope
and the Standardized requirements as specified in Standard for respective insulation type by an
section 5.3. accredited independent laboratory, and labelled or
certified by the manufacturer. For unrated products,
5.2 Mandatory Requirements use the default tables in Appendix A.
5.2.1 Fenestration (b) Solar Reflectance
(a) U-Factor Solar reflectance for the external opaque roof
U-factors shall be determined for the overall construction material shall be determined in
fenestration product (including the sash and frame) accordance with ASTM E903-96 by an accredited
in accordance with ISO-15099 by an accredited
independent laboratory and labelled by the
independent laboratory or labelled by the
manufacturer.
manufacturer. U-factors for sloped glazing and
skylights shall be determined at a slope of 20 degrees (c) Emittance
above the horizontal. For unrated products, see the Emittance for the external opaque roof construction
default value given in Appendix A of chapter 14.
shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E408-
(b) Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) 71 (RA 2008) by an accredited independent
SHGC shall be determined for the overall single or laboratory, and labelled by the manufacturer.
multi glazed fenestration product (including the sash
5.2.3 Daylighting and Visual Comfort
and frame) in accordance with ISO-15099 by an
Compliance for daylighting may be demonstrated
accredited independent laboratory or labelled or
either with simulation using the Useful Daylight
certified by the manufacturer.
Simulation compliance path as defined in section
Notes: 5.2.3-(a) or through the Spatial Daylight Autonomy
Part as defined in section 5.2.3 (d). Compliance may
Exceptions to section 5.2.1-(a): also be demonstrated as per manual method in
1. Shading coefficient (SC) of the centre of glass section 5.2.3-(c). For Whole Building simulation, the
alone multiplied by 0.86 is an acceptable standard building shall be modelled with daylight
alternate for compliance with the SHGC sensors located within 6m from the building
requirements for the overall fenestration area. periphery.
2. Solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) of the glass (a) Useful daylight illuminance
alone is an acceptable alternate for compliance Above grade floor areas shall meet the useful
with the SHGC requirements for the overall daylight illuminance (UDI) area requirements listed
fenestration product. in Table 5.1 for 90% of the potential daylit time in a
(c) Visible Light Transmittance (VLT) year. Exceptions to section 5.2.3 Assembly buildings
Visible light transmittance (VLT) shall be determined and other buildings where daylighting will interfere
for the fenestration product in accordance with ISO- with the functions of 50% (or more) of the building
15099 by an accredited independent laboratory or floor area, are exempted from meeting the
labelled by the manufacturer. For unrated products, requirements listed in Table 5.1.
VLT of the glass alone shall be derated by 10% for Table 5.1 Daylight Requirement
demonstrating compliance with the VLT
requirements for the overall fenestration product.

Building Category Percentage of above grade compliance is shown) and surrounding natural
floor area meeting the UDI or man-made daylight obstructions is less than
requirement or equal to twice the height of the man-made or
natural sunlight obstructers. If the reflectance of
ECSBC ECSBC+ Super the surfaces is not known, default reflectance of
Building Envelope
ECSBC 30% and 0% shall be used for all vertical
Business, 40% 50% 60% surfaces of man-made and natural obstructers
Educational respectively.
V. Interior surface reflectance shall be modelled
No Star Hotel 30% 40% 50%
based on the actual material specification. If
Star Hotel
material specification is not available, the default
Healthcare
values in Table 5.2 shall be used.
Resort 45% 55% 65%
VI. Documentation requirement to demonstrate
Shopping Complex 10% 15% 20% compliance are:
i. Brief description of the project with
Assembly Exempted location, number of stories, space types,
hours of operation and software used.
(b) Useful Daylight Illumination (UDI) Simulation ii. Summary describing the results of the
Method analysis and output file from simulation
A software validated by an appropriate authority and tool outlining point wise compliance for the
approved by BEE shall be used to demonstrate analysis grid and compliance in percentage.
compliance through the UDI simulation method. iii. Explanation of any significant modelling
Buildings shall achieve illuminance level between assumptions made.
100 lux and 2,000 lux for the minimum percentage of iv. Explanation of any error messages noted in
floor area prescribed in Table 5.1 for at least 90% of the simulation program output.
the potential daylit time. v. Building floor plans, building elevations &
sections, and site plan with surrounding
Illuminance levels for all spaces enclosed by
building details (if modelled).
permanent internal partitions (opaque, translucent,
vi. Material reflectance, analysis grid size, total
or transparent) with height greater or equal to 2 m
number of grid size/resolution, total
from the finished floor, shall be measured as follows:
number of grid points.
I. Measurements shall be taken at a work plane
height of 0.8 m above the finished floor. The
Table 5.2 Default Values for Surface Reflectance
period of analysis shall be fixed for continuously
Surface Type Reflectance
minimum 8 hours per day between 7:00 AM to
5:00 PM IST, resulting in maximum 2,920 hours Wall or Vertical 50%
in total for all building types except for school. Internal Surfaces
Schools shall be analyzed for continuously Ceiling 70%
minimum 7 hours per day between 7:00 AM to
3:00 PM IST. Floor 20%
II. Available useful daylight across a space shall be
Furniture (permanent) 50%
measured based on point-by-point grid values.
UDI shall be calculated for at least one point for
each square meter of floor area.
III. Fenestration shall be modelled with actual
visible light transmission (VLT) as per the details
provided in the material specification sheet.
IV. All surrounding natural or man-made daylight
obstructions shall be modelled if the distance
between the façade of the building (for which

(c) Manual Daylight Compliance method dimension in that direction plus either the floor-
This method can be used for demonstrating to-ceiling height (H) for skylights, or 1.5 H for
compliance with daylighting requirements without monitors, or H or 2H for the sawtooth
simulation. Daylight extent factors (DEF) mentioned configuration, or the distance to the nearest 1
in Table 5.4 shall be used for manually calculating meter or higher opaque partition, or one-half the
Building Envelope
percentage of above grade floor area meeting the UDI distance to an adjacent skylight or vertical
requirement for 90% of the potential daylit time in a glazing, whichever is least.
year. (iv) Glazed façades, with non-cardinal orientation,
shall be categorized under a particular cardinal
I. To calculate the daylit area: direction if its orientation is within ± 45 degrees
(i) In a direction perpendicular to the fenestration, of that cardinal direction.
multiply daylight extent factor (DEF) by the head (v) Daylit area overlap: For overlapping daylit areas
height of the fenestration or till an opaque such as windows on different orientations or in
partition higher than head height of the case of skylights the overlapping daylit area shall
fenestration, whichever is less. be subtracted from the sum of daylit area.
(ii) In the direction parallel to the fenestration, daylit
area extends a horizontal dimension equal to the Documentation requirement:
width of the fenestration plus either 1 meter on
each side of the aperture, or the distance to an (i) A separate architectural plan shall be prepared
opaque partition of 2 m high, or one-half the with all daylit areas marked on the floor plans.
distance to an adjacent fenestration, whichever is (ii) A summary shall be provided showing
least. compliance as per Table 5.1.
(iii) For skylights, calculate the horizontal dimension
in each direction equal to the top aperture
5.3 Standardized Requirements insulation shall be applied externally as part of the

roof assembly and not as a part of false ceiling.
5.3.1 Roof
Roofs may comply with the maximum assembly U-
factors in Table 5.7 through Table 5.9 . The roof
Table 5.4 Daylight Extent Factors (DEF) for Manually Calculating Daylight Area
Shading Latitude Window Type VLT < 0.3 VLT ≥0.3
North South East West North South East West
No ≥15°N All 2.5 2.0 0.7 0.5 2.8 2.2 1.1 0.7
shading
or PF < window types
< 15°N 2.4 2.0 0.8 0.6 2.7 2.2 1.5 0.8
0.4
Shading All All 2.8 2.3 1.5 1.1 3.0 2.5 1.8 1.5
with PF latitudes
≥ 0.4 window types without
light shelf*
Window with light 3.0 2.5 1.8 1.6 3.5 3.0 2.1 1.8
shelf*
* To qualify as light shelf the internal projection shall meet the requirements specified under Exceptions to SHGC
requirements in Table 5.9 to Table 5.11.

Table 5.3 Roof Assembly U-factor (W/m2.K) Requirements for 5.3.2 Opaque External Wall
ECSBC Compliant Building
Opaque above grade external walls shall comply with
the maximum assembly U-factors in table 5.10
Composite
dry
Hot and
humid
Warm and
Temperate
Cold
through table 5.12
Building Envelope
Table 5.6 Opaque Assembly Maximum U-factor (W/m2.K)
Requirements for ECSBC compliant Building
All building 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.20
types, except
below
Composite
dry
Hot and
humid
Warm and
e
Temperat
Cold
Assembly 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
Hospitality >
10,000 m2 AGA
All building types, 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.55 0.34
Table 5.4 Roof Assembly U-factor (W/m2.K) Requirements for except below
ECSBC+ Compliant Building No Star Hotel < 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.40
10,000 m2 AGA
Composite
dry
Hot and
humid
Warm and
Temperate
Cold
Business < 10,000 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.40
m2 AGA
School <10,000 m2 0.85 0.85 0.85 1.00 0.40
AGA
All Building 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
Types
Table 5.7 Opaque Assembly Maximum U-factor (W/m2.K)
Requirements for ECSBC+ Compliant Building
Table 5-5 Roof Assembly U-factor (W/m2.K) Requirements for
Composite
Hot and dry
humid
Warm and
Temperate
Cold
SuperECSBC Building
Composite
dry
Hot and
humid
and
Warm
e
Temperat
Cold
All building 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.55 0.22

All buildings 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 types, except
types below
No Star Hotel < 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.34
10,000 m2 AGA
Business < 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.55 0.34
(a) Vegetated and Cool Roof 10,000 m2 AGA
All roofs that are not covered by solar photovoltaics, School <10,000 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.75 0.44
or solar hot water, or any other renewable energy m2 AGA
system, or utilities and services that render it
unsuitable for the purpose, shall be either cool roofs Table 5.8 Opaque Assembly Maximum U-factor (W/m2.K)
or vegetated roofs. Requirements for Super ECSBC Building
Composite
Hot and dry
humid
Warm and
Temperate
Cold
For qualifying as a cool roof, roofs with slopes
less than 20° shall have an initial solar reflectance of

no less than 0.70 and an initial emittance no less than
0.75. Solar reflectance shall be determined in All building 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22
accordance with ASTM E903 96 and emittance shall types
be determined in accordance with ASTM E408-71 Note:
(RA 2008). Exceptions to section 5.3.2: Opaque external walls of
an unconditioned building of No Star Hotel,
For qualifying as a vegetated roof, roof areas shall be Healthcare, and School categories in all climatic
covered by living vegetation of >50 mm high. zones, except for cold climatic zone, shall have a
maximum assembly U-factor of 0.8 W/m2.K.

5.3.3 Vertical Fenestration Table 5.10 Vertical Fenestration U-factor and SHGC
Requirements for ECSBC+ buildings
For all climatic zones, vertical fenestration
compliance requirements for all three energy
Composite
dry
Hot and
humid
Warm and
Temperate
Cold
efficiency levels, i.e. ECSBC, ECSBC+, and Super
ECSBC, shall comply with the following:
Building Envelope
1. Maximum allowable Window Wall Ratio Maximum U-factor 1.80 1.80 1.80 2.20 1.80
(WWR) is 40% (applicable to buildings showing (W/m².K)
compliance using the Standrdized Method, Maximum SHGC 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.62
Non-North
including Building Envelope Trade-off Method) Maximum SHGC 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.62
2. Minimum allowable Visible light transmittance North
(VLT) is 0.27 for latitude ≥ 15°N
Maximum SHGC 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.62
3. Assembly U-factor shall be determined for the North
overall fenestration product (including the sash for latitude < 15°N
and frame)
Vertical fenestration shall comply with the maximum Table 5.11 Vertical Fenestration U-factor and SHGC Requirements
for Super ECSBC buildings
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) and U-factor
requirements of Table5-13 for ECSBC buildings and
table 5.14 for ECSBC+ buildings and table 5.15 Super
ECSBC buildings. Vertical fenestration on non-
Composite
dry
Hot and
humid
Warm and
Temperate
Cold
cardinal direction, shall be categorized under a
particular cardinal direction if its orientation is
within ± 45° of that cardinal direction.
Maximum U-factor 1.80 1.80 1.80 2.20 1.80
Table 5.9 Vertical Fenestration Assembly U-factor and SHGC (W/m².K)
Requirements for ECSBC Buildings Maximum SHGC Non- 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.62
North
Maximum SHGC North 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.62
for latitude ≥ 15°N
Composite
dry
Hot and
humid
Warm and
Temperate
Cold

for latitude < 15°N
Maximum U-factor 2.20 2.20 2.20 3.00 1.80

(W/m².K) Exceptions to SHGC requirements in, Table 5.13 and
Maximum SHGC Non- 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.62 Table 5.15
North
Maximum SHGC North 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.62 1. Fenestration with a permanent external
for latitude ≥ 15°N
projection, including but not limited to
for latitude < 15°N overhangs, side fins, box frame, verandah,
See Appendix A for default values of unrated fenestration. balcony, and fixed canopies that provide
permanent shading to the fenestration, the
equivalent SHGC for the proposed shaded
fenestration may be determined as less than or
equal to the SHGC requirements of Table 5.13-
5-15 Equivalent SHGC shall be calculated by
following the steps listed below:
(i) Projection factor (PF) for the external

permanent projection, shall be calculated as
per the applicable shading type listed in
chapter 8, section 8.2. The range of

projection factor for using the SEF is 0.25 ≤ Vertical fenestration, located such that its bottom is
PF ≤ 1.0. The SEF is applicable for both side more than 2.2 m above the level of the floor, is exempt
fins shading only other than overhangs. The from the SHGC requirements in Table 5.11 to 5-13, if
projection factor shall be calculated for both the following conditions are complied with:
side fins and the lower projection factor of i. The Total Effective Aperture (WWR X VLT) for the
Building Envelope
each fin shall be considered. Other shading elevation is less than 0.25, including all
devices shall be modelled through the fenestration areas more than 1.0 meter above the
Whole Building Performance Method in floor level; and,
chapter 12. ii. An interior light shelf is provided at the bottom of
(ii) A shaded vertical fenestration on a non- this fenestration area, with a projection factor on
cardinal direction, shall be categorized interior side not less than:
either under a particular cardinal direction a. 1.0 for E-W, SE, SW, NE, and NW orientations
or a primary inter-cardinal direction if its b. 0.50 for S orientation, and
orientation is within the range of ±22.5o of c. 0.35 for N orientation when latitude is less than
the cardinal or primary inter-cardinal 15°N.
direction.
(iii) Any surrounding man-made or natural
sunlight obstructers shall be considered as a
permanent shading of PF equal to 0.4 if;
a. the distance between the vertical

fenestration of the building, for which
compliance is shown, and surrounding
man-made or natural sunlight
obstructers is less than or equal to twice
the height of the surrounding man-
made or natural sunlight obstructers;
and
b. the surrounding man-made or natural
sunlight obstructers shade the façade
for at least 80% of the total time that the
façade is exposed to direct sun light on a
summer solstice. Compliance shall be
shown using a sun path analysis for
summer solstice for the vertical
fenestration.
(iv) An equivalent SHGC is calculated by dividing

the SHGC of the unshaded fenestration
product with a Shading Equivalent Factor
(SEF). SEF shall be determined for each
orientation and shading device type from
table 5.13 to 5.15
(v) The maximum allowable SHGC is calculated
by multiplying the standardized SHGC
requirement for respective compliance level
from table 5.13 to 5-15 with the SEF.

Table 5.12 Shading Equivalent Factors for Latitudes greater than or equal to 15 ºN
Shading Equivalent Factors (SEF) for latitudes greater than or equal to 15˚N
North-
North-
South-
South-
North
South
West
West
West
East
East
East
SEF
PF
Building Envelope
0.25 1.25 1.37 1.58 1.36 1.47 1.47 1.42 1.53
0.3 1.29 1.48 1.72 1.43 1.54 1.65 1.57 1.58
0.35 1.34 1.58 1.88 1.51 1.62 1.81 1.73 1.65
0.4 1.39 1.67 2.06 1.61 1.70 1.97 1.89 1.75
0.45 1.43 1.76 2.26 1.71 1.78 2.11 2.06 1.87
0.5 1.47 1.85 2.47 1.83 1.86 2.25 2.23 2.00
Overhang + Fins
0.55 1.51 1.94 2.69 1.96 1.94 2.38 2.40 2.13

0.6 1.55 2.03 2.92 2.09 2.02 2.51 2.58 2.27
0.65 1.59 2.13 3.15 2.24 2.10 2.64 2.76 2.40
0.7 1.63 2.24 3.18 2.39 2.18 2.77 2.94 2.53
0.75 1.66 2.37 3.19 2.56 2.25 2.90 3.12 2.64
0.8 1.70 2.52 3.20 2.72 2.33 3.04 3.18 2.73
0.85 1.73 2.69 3.21 2.90 2.40 3.11 3.23 2.80
0.9 1.76 2.89 3.24 3.07 2.46 3.15 3.25 2.84
0.95 1.79 3.11 3.28 3.25 2.52 3.17 3.27 2.85
≥1 1.80 3.30 3.33 3.33 2.57 3.23 3.30 2.82
0.25 1.09 1.21 1.28 1.20 1.17 1.26 1.23 1.20
0.3 1.11 1.26 1.34 1.27 1.22 1.32 1.27 1.24
0.35 1.13 1.30 1.39 1.33 1.26 1.39 1.32 1.28
0.4 1.15 1.35 1.46 1.38 1.30 1.46 1.38 1.32
0.45 1.16 1.40 1.52 1.43 1.33 1.53 1.46 1.36
0.5 1.18 1.45 1.59 1.48 1.35 1.60 1.54 1.40
0.55 1.20 1.51 1.66 1.52 1.38 1.67 1.62 1.44
Overhang
0.6 1.21 1.56 1.73 1.57 1.40 1.74 1.70 1.47

0.65 1.22 1.62 1.81 1.61 1.42 1.81 1.79 1.51
0.7 1.24 1.68 1.88 1.66 1.45 1.88 1.87 1.55
0.75 1.25 1.74 1.95 1.72 1.48 1.94 1.94 1.58
0.8 1.26 1.80 2.02 1.77 1.51 2.00 2.01 1.61
0.85 1.27 1.86 2.09 1.84 1.56 2.06 2.06 1.64
0.9 1.28 1.92 2.15 1.91 1.61 2.11 2.10 1.67
0.95 1.29 1.99 2.21 1.98 1.67 2.15 2.13 1.70
≥1 1.30 2.06 2.26 2.07 1.75 2.19 2.14 1.72
0.25 1.13 1.11 1.18 1.11 1.21 1.14 1.16 1.23
0.3 1.15 1.13 1.22 1.13 1.22 1.17 1.22 1.27
0.35 1.17 1.15 1.26 1.15 1.24 1.20 1.26 1.32
0.4 1.19 1.17 1.29 1.17 1.27 1.23 1.29 1.36
0.45 1.21 1.19 1.32 1.19 1.30 1.25 1.31 1.41
0.5 1.22 1.20 1.35 1.20 1.34 1.27 1.33 1.46
0.55 1.24 1.22 1.38 1.22 1.38 1.29 1.34 1.50
Side Fins
0.6 1.25 1.23 1.40 1.23 1.42 1.31 1.35 1.55

0.65 1.27 1.24 1.42 1.25 1.47 1.32 1.36 1.58
0.7 1.28 1.26 1.44 1.26 1.51 1.34 1.36 1.61
0.75 1.30 1.27 1.46 1.27 1.55 1.35 1.37 1.64
0.8 1.31 1.28 1.48 1.29 1.59 1.37 1.38 1.65
0.85 1.32 1.30 1.49 1.30 1.62 1.38 1.39 1.65
0.9 1.34 1.31 1.51 1.31 1.65 1.40 1.40 1.64
0.95 1.35 1.32 1.53 1.32 1.67 1.42 1.42 1.61
≥1 1.36 1.33 1.55 1.33 1.69 1.44 1.45 1.57

Table 5.13 Shading Equivalent Factors for Latitudes less than 15 ºN
Shading Equivalent Factors (SEF) for latitudes less than 15˚N
North-
North-
South-
South-
North
South
West
West
West
East
East
East
SEF
PF
Building Envelope
0.25 1.38 1.33 1.30 1.34 1.42 1.41 1.37 1.42
0.3 1.44 1.42 1.35 1.42 1.49 1.46 1.41 1.52
0.35 1.50 1.50 1.42 1.50 1.57 1.52 1.47 1.63
0.4 1.56 1.59 1.50 1.59 1.66 1.59 1.54 1.73
0.45 1.61 1.67 1.59 1.69 1.76 1.67 1.61 1.84
0.5 1.67 1.76 1.68 1.80 1.87 1.75 1.70 1.94
Overhang + Fins
0.55 1.72 1.85 1.79 1.90 1.98 1.85 1.80 2.05

0.6 1.77 1.94 1.89 2.02 2.09 1.94 1.89 2.15
0.65 1.82 2.02 1.99 2.13 2.20 2.04 2.00 2.25
0.7 1.86 2.11 2.08 2.24 2.31 2.15 2.10 2.36
0.75 1.90 2.19 2.17 2.35 2.42 2.25 2.21 2.46
0.8 1.94 2.28 2.25 2.46 2.53 2.35 2.31 2.55
0.85 1.98 2.36 2.31 2.56 2.64 2.45 2.42 2.65
0.9 2.02 2.44 2.35 2.66 2.74 2.54 2.52 2.74
0.95 2.05 2.51 2.38 2.75 2.84 2.63 2.61 2.83
≥1 2.08 2.58 2.38 2.83 2.93 2.71 2.70 2.91
0.25 1.15 1.19 1.09 1.20 1.17 1.08 1.04 1.18
0.3 1.17 1.23 1.07 1.24 1.22 1.12 1.08 1.21
0.35 1.20 1.28 1.07 1.29 1.26 1.16 1.12 1.25
0.4 1.22 1.32 1.07 1.33 1.30 1.19 1.17 1.29
0.45 1.24 1.37 1.09 1.38 1.33 1.23 1.21 1.32
0.5 1.26 1.42 1.12 1.42 1.37 1.28 1.25 1.35
0.55 1.28 1.46 1.15 1.46 1.40 1.32 1.29 1.39
Overhang
0.6 1.30 1.51 1.18 1.50 1.43 1.36 1.33 1.42

0.65 1.32 1.55 1.22 1.55 1.46 1.40 1.37 1.45
0.7 1.33 1.60 1.26 1.59 1.48 1.43 1.40 1.48
0.75 1.35 1.64 1.29 1.62 1.51 1.47 1.44 1.50
0.8 1.37 1.67 1.32 1.66 1.53 1.51 1.47 1.53
0.85 1.38 1.71 1.35 1.70 1.55 1.54 1.51 1.56
0.9 1.39 1.74 1.37 1.73 1.57 1.56 1.54 1.58
0.95 1.40 1.77 1.38 1.77 1.59 1.59 1.56 1.61
≥1 1.41 1.79 1.38 1.80 1.61 1.61 1.59 1.63
0.25 1.17 1.10 1.06 1.10 1.15 1.14 1.16 1.16
0.3 1.20 1.12 1.11 1.12 1.18 1.18 1.21 1.19
0.35 1.23 1.13 1.16 1.14 1.21 1.20 1.25 1.22
0.4 1.26 1.15 1.20 1.15 1.24 1.23 1.29 1.25
0.45 1.28 1.16 1.23 1.17 1.27 1.25 1.31 1.28
0.5 1.30 1.18 1.25 1.19 1.30 1.27 1.34 1.30
0.55 1.32 1.19 1.27 1.20 1.33 1.29 1.36 1.33
Side Fins
0.6 1.34 1.20 1.29 1.22 1.36 1.31 1.37 1.35

0.65 1.36 1.21 1.30 1.23 1.38 1.34 1.38 1.38
0.7 1.38 1.22 1.31 1.24 1.41 1.36 1.40 1.40
0.75 1.40 1.23 1.33 1.26 1.43 1.38 1.41 1.42
0.8 1.42 1.24 1.34 1.27 1.46 1.41 1.43 1.44
0.85 1.43 1.25 1.35 1.28 1.48 1.44 1.45 1.47
0.9 1.45 1.26 1.37 1.29 1.50 1.47 1.47 1.49
0.95 1.46 1.27 1.39 1.31 1.52 1.50 1.50 1.51
≥1 1.47 1.28 1.42 1.32 1.53 1.54 1.53 1.53

Note 5-1 Equivalent SHGC and Projection Factor
A 5,400 m2 two story office building in Delhi is trying to achieve ECSBC level compliance. It has a rectangular layout (90 m x
30 m) with floor to floor height of 4.0 m and floor area is evenly distributed over the two floors. Windows are either east or
west facing and equally distributed on the two floors. The windows are all 1.85m in length and 2.165m in height with an
overhang of 0.85 m, sill level is 1.385 m above floor level. The overall glazing area is 384 m 2. SHGC of the glazing in the
East/West Fenestration is 0.30; area weighted U-Factor is 3.0 W/m2.K. VLT of the glazing in all orientation is 0.5. Will the
vertical fenestration comply with the ECSBC through standardized approach?
Table 5.13 lists the U-factor, SHGC and VLT requirements for vertical fenestration for ECSBC compliant buildings. The
building is located in Delhi (Latitude: 28070’ N, Longitude: 77010’E), which falls under the composite climate, as per Appendix
B, Table 12.1. To fulfil standardized requirements, Window to Wall ratio ≤ 40%, SHGC ≤ 0.27, U-factor ≤ 3.0 W/m2.K, and VLT
≥ 0.27.
Total Floor area = 5400 m2
Total wall area = 2 x (2x ((90m x 4m) + (30m x 4m))) = 1,920 m2
Total Fenestration area = 384 m2
Window to Wall Ratio (WWR) = 384/1,920 = 20%
As per the calculations, the building has a WWR of 20%, thus complying with the requirement for WWR. The U-factor is also
equal to 3.0 W/m2.K. Similarly, the VLT is 0.5, which is greater than the minimum specified value of 0.27, thus complying
with the U-factor and VLT requirement.
Equivalent SHGC Calculation
The window SHGC is 0.3 which is not meet the standardized requirement of Table 5.13 However, the windows have an
overhang of 0.85 m. As the windows have an overhang, this case will fall under the exception, and the equivalent SHGC value
will be calculated by dividing fenestration SHGC by Shading Equivalent Factor (SEF).
For projection factor (PF) 0.34, the SEF for east, and west are taken from Error! Reference source not found., as the l
atitude is greater than 15˚N.
SEF for east for PF = 0.3 (as worst case) = 1.26
Therefore, equivalent SHGCEast = 0.3 ÷ 1.26 = 0.24 Hence the vertical fenestration on the east façade will comply as per
standardized approach, as the equivalent SHGC is less than maximum allowed.
Similarly, for the west façade:
SEF for west for PF = 0.3 (as worst case) = 1.27
Therefore, equivalent SHGCWest = 0.3 ÷ 1.27 = 0.24, hence the vertical fenestration on the west façade will comply using the
standardized approach, as the equivalent SHGC is les than maximum allowed.

Exceptions to U-factor requirements in Table 5.13 outside of the frame, to the gross exterior roof area,
and Vertical fenestration on all unconditioned is limited to a maximum of 5% for ECSBC Building,
buildings or unconditioned spaces may have a ECSBC+ Building, and SuperECSBC Building, when
maximum U-factor of 5 W/m2.K provided they using the Standrdized Method for compliance.
comply with all conditions mentioned in Table 5.18
Building Envelope
Table 5.15 Skylight U-factor (W/m2.K) and SHGC
Table 5.14 U-factor (W/m2.K) Exemption Requirements for Requirements
Shaded Building Maximum U- Maximum
Climate
Building Clima Orientati Maxim Minim PF factor SHGC
Type te on um um VLT All climatic 4.25 0.35
zone Effectiv zones
e SHGC
Exception to section 5.3.4 Skylights in temporary
Unconditio All Non- 0.27 0.27 ≥0.4
ned excep North 0 roof coverings or awnings over unconditioned
buildings t cold for all spaces
or latitudes
unconditio and
ned spaces North
5.3.5 Building Envelope Trade-Off Method
for The building envelope complies with the code if the
latitude Envelope Performance Factor (EPF) of the Proposed
< 15°N
North 0.27 0.27 ≥0.0 Building is less than the EPF of the Standard Building, where
for the Standard Building exactly complies with the
latitude Standrdized requirements of building envelope. This
≥ 15°N
method shall not be used for buildings with WWR>40%.
5.3.4 Skylights Trade-off is not permitted for skylights. Skylights
Skylights shall comply with the maximum U-factor shall meet requirements of section 5.3.4. The envelope
and maximum SHGC requirements of Table 5.19. performance factor shall be calculated using the following
Skylight roof ratio (SRR), defined as the ratio of the equations.
total skylight area of the roof, measured to the
Equation 5.1: 𝑬𝑷𝑭 𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 = 𝑬𝑷𝑭𝑹𝒐𝒐𝒇 + 𝑬𝑷𝑭𝑾𝒂𝒍𝒍 + 𝑬𝑷𝑭 𝑭𝒆𝒏𝒆𝒔𝒕
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓 = 𝑐𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
𝑛
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝑐𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛
𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐶𝑤
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 𝑐1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤 + 𝑐2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝐴𝑤 + 𝑐1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤
𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤 ⬚
𝑤=1 𝑤=1 𝑤=1
𝑛 𝑛 𝑛
𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐶𝑤 𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐶𝑤
+ 𝑐2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝐴𝑤 + 𝑐1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤 + 𝑐2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝐴𝑤
𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤 𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤
𝑤=1 𝑤=1 𝑤=1
𝑛 𝑛
+ 𝑐1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤 + 𝑐2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝐴𝑤
𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤
𝑤=1 𝑤=1
Whereas
EPFRoof Envelope performance factor for roofs. Other subscripts include walls and fenestration.
As, Aw The area of a specific envelope component referenced by the subscript "s" or for windows the subscript "w".
SHGCw The solar heat gain coefficient for windows (w).
SEFw A multiplier for the window SHGC that depends on the projection factor of an overhang or side fin.
Us The U-factor for the envelope component referenced by the subscript "s".

cRoof A coefficient for the "Roof" class of construction.
cwall A coefficient for the "Wall"
c1 Fenes A coefficient for the "Fenestration U-factor"
c2 Fenes A coefficient for the "Fenestration SHGC"
Building Envelope
Values of "c" are taken from table 5.18 through table 5.22 for Roofs 40.1 - 76.1 -
each class of construction. North
20.7 230.7 43.6 401.5
Windows
Table 5.16 Envelope Performance Factor Coefficients – South
20.1 347.1 43.9 546.4
Composite Climate Windows
Daytime Business, 24-hour Business, East
19.0 301.8 41.1 490.6
Educational, Hospitality, Health Windows
Shopping Complex Care, Assembly West
18.7 303.1 40.5 483.5
C factor C factor C factor C factor Windows
U-factor SHGC U-factor SHGC
Walls 24.3 - 48.1 - Table 5.19 Envelope Performance Factor Coefficients –
Roofs Temperate Climate
40.9 - 71.0 -
Daytime Business, 24-hour Business,
North Educational, Hospitality, Health
21.6 201.8 41.0 367.6
Windows Shopping Complex Care, Assembly
South C factor C factor C factor C factor
19.1 342.5 41.0 546.3
Windows U-factor SHGC U-factor SHGC
East Walls
18.8 295.6 38.4 492.2 17.2 - 39.1 -
Windows
West Roofs 32.3 - 76.1 -
19.2 295.4 38.3 486.1
Windows
North
12.6 201.4 32.3 338.41
Windows
Table 5.17 Envelope Performance Factor Coefficients – Hot South
11.8 287.3 31.9 448.52
and Dry Climate Windows
Daytime Business, 24-hour Business, East
11.2 300.0 29.9 470.35
Educational, Hospitality, Health Windows
Shopping Complex Care, Assembly West
10.9 303.4 30.0 462.64
C factor C factor C factor C factor Windows
U-factor SHGC U-factor SHGC
Walls 27.3 - 55.9 -
Roofs
Table 5-20 Envelope Performance Factor Coefficients – Cold
43.9 - 80.7 - Climate
North Daytime Business, 24-hour Business,
23.7 238.2 49.1 414.4
Windows Educational, Hospitality, Health
South Shopping Complex Care, Assembly
22.8 389.7 49.2 607.4
Windows C factor C factor C factor C factor
East U-factor SHGC U-factor SHGC
21.6 347.4 46.2 556.2
Windows Walls 36.3 - 30.7 -
West
21.7 354.1 46.0 560.8 Roofs
Windows 38.7 - 46.0 -
North
21.8 137.6 28.3 163.86
Table 5.18 Envelope Performance Factor Coefficients – Windows
Warm and Humid Climate South
20.8 114.3 21.7 295.24
Daytime Business, 24-hour Business, Windows
Educational, Hospitality, Health East
22.7 127.5 24.1 283.20
Shopping Complex Care, Assembly Windows
C factor C factor C factor C factor West
23.4 133.2 25.2 270.33
U-factor SHGC U-factor SHGC Windows
Walls 24.5 - 51.2 -
(a) Standard Building EPF Calculation (a) The Standard Building shall have the same
EPF of the Standard Building shall be calculated as building floor area, gross wall area and gross
follows: roof area as the Proposed Building. For mixed-
use building the space distribution between

different typologies shall be the same as the The SHGC of each window shall be equal to the
Proposed Design. criteria from section5.4.3.
The U-factor of each envelope component shall be Shading devices shall not be considered for
equal to the criteria from section5.3 for each class of calculating EPF for Standard Building (i.e. SEF=1).
Building Envelope
construction.

Note 5-2 Building Envelope Trade-off Method
Application of Building Envelope Trade-off method
Building Envelope
A 1,000 m2 single story daytime use office building in Ahmedabad is trying to achieve ECSBC level compliance. Each side has
a band of windows, without shading. The materials for the envelope have already been selected, prior to opting for ECSBC
compliance. Their thermal properties are: roof assembly U-value= .4 W/m².K, external wall assembly U-value = .25 W/m².K,
glazing SHGC = .25, VLT = 0.27, area weighted U-value for glazing = 1.8 W/m².K. Dimensions of the building envelope are as
follows:
According to Appendix B, Ahmedabad falls under the hot and dry climate zone. To prove compliance through the
Standardised approach, U-factor, and SHGC must comply with requirements listed in table 5.7, 5-10, 5-13 and VLT and
window to wall ratio with requirements in section 5.3.3 for a daytime use building in the hot and dry climate zone. The table
below lists thermal properties of the building envelope components and the corresponding Standardised requirements for
ECSBC complaint buildings.
Table 5.21 Standardized Requirements and Proposed Thermal Properties
Standrdized U-factor Proposed U-factor Area

(W/m2.K) (W/m2.K) (m2) Section
5.3.3
Wall 1– North, South ≤0.63 0.25 90
Wall 2– East, West ≤0.63 0.25 144
Roof ≤0.33 0.4 1000
U-factor SHGC VLT U-factor SHGC VLT
Window – South ≤3.0 ≤0.27 ≥0.27 1.8 0.25 0.27 30
Window – North ≤3.0 ≤0.5 ≥0.27 1.8 0.25 0.27 30
Window-East ≤3.0 ≤0.27 ≥0.27 1.8 0.25 0.27 48
Window-West ≤3.0 ≤0.27 ≥0.27 1.8 0.25 0.27 48
requires the WWR to be less than 40%. This condition is fulfilled in the proposed buildings as can be seen in the calculations
below.
Total Fenestration AreaNorth, South = 2 x (25m x 1.2m) = 60 m2
Wall AreaNorth, South = 2 x (25m x 3m) = 150 m2
Total Fenestration AreaEast, West = 2 x (40m x 1.2m) = 96 m2
Total Wall Area East, West = 2 x (40m x 3m) = 240 m2
Total Fenestration Area = 156 m2, Total Wall Area = 390 m2

WWR = 156/390= 0.4.
U-value of the roof of the proposed building, at 0.4 W/m².K does not fulfil standardized requirements.
Hence, this building will not be compliant if the standardized approach is followed. The compliance in standardized approach
can also be demonstrated through building envelope trade-off.
Building Envelope
Compliance through Building Envelope Trade-off method
Envelope performance factor (EPF) for the Standard Building and Proposed Building must be compared. As per the Building
Envelope Trade-off method, the envelope performance factor (EPF) shall be calculated using the following equations:
EPFTotal = EPFRoof + EPFWall + EPFFenest
Where,
𝑛
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓 = 𝐶𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
𝑛
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙 = 𝐶𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
𝑛
𝑛 𝑛
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 𝐶1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤 + 𝐶2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝐴 + 𝐶1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤
𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤 𝑤
𝑤=1 𝑤=1
𝑤=1
𝑛 𝑛
𝑛
𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐶𝑤 𝑆𝐻𝐺𝐶𝑤
+ 𝐶2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ ∑ 𝐴 + 𝐶1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤 + 𝐶2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝐴
𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤 𝑤 𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤 𝑤
𝑤=1
𝑤=1 𝑤=1
𝑛
𝑛
+ 𝐶1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤 + 𝐶2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡,𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡 ∑ 𝐴
𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤 𝑤
𝑤=1
𝑤=1
Standard Building EPF will be derived from U-factors, SHGCs and VLTs of walls, roofs and fenestration Table 5.7, 5-10, 5-13
and section 5.3.3 for a daytime use building in the hot and dry climate zone. Values of C are from daytime Office building in
hot and dry climatic zone for each class of construction from Table 5.21. Since There is no shading for the windows, SEFw
will not be considered.
Step 1: Calculation of EPF Proposed Building from actual envelope properties
𝑛
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓,𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 = 𝐶𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
= 43.9 x 0.40 x 1,000 = 17,560
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙,𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 = 𝐶𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
= (27.3 x 0.25 x 90) + (27.3 x 0.25 x 144) = 1,597.05
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ + 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ + 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 + 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡

𝑛
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 𝐶1𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡, ∑𝑛𝑤=1 𝑈𝑤 𝐴𝑤 + 𝐶2𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡, ∑ 𝐴𝑤
𝑤=1 𝑆𝐸𝐹𝑤
Hence,
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ = 23.7 x 1.8 x 30 + 238.2 x 0.25 x 30 = 1,279.8 + 1,786.5 = 3,066.3
Building Envelope
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ = 22.8 x 1.8 x 30 + 389.7 x 0.25 x 30 = 1,231.2 + 2,922.75 = 4,153.95
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 = 21.6 x 1.8 x 48 + 347.4 x 0.25 x 48 = 1,866.24 + 4,168.8 = 6,035.04
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 21.7 x 1.8 x 48 + 354.1 x 0.25 x 48 = 1,874.88 + 4,249.2 = 6,124.08
Therefore,
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹e𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 19,379.37
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 = 17,560 + 1,597.05 + 19,379.37 = 38,536.42
Step 2: Calculating EPF Standard Building from standardized envelope requirements

𝑛
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓,𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 = 𝐶𝑅𝑜𝑜𝑓 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
= 43.9 x 0.33 x 1000 = 14,487
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙,𝐴𝑐𝑡𝑢𝑎𝑙 = 𝐶𝑊𝑎𝑙𝑙 ∑ 𝑈𝑠 𝐴𝑠
𝑠=1
= (27.3 x 0.63 x 90) + (27.3 x 0.63 x 144) = 1,547.91 + 2,476.66 = 4,024.57
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 𝐸𝑃F𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ + 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ + 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 + 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡
Now,
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑁𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ = 23.7 x 3.0 x 30 + 238.2 x 0.5 x 30 = 2,133 + 3,573 = 5,706
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑆𝑜𝑢𝑡ℎ = 22.8 x 3.0 x 30 + 389.7 x 0.27 x 30 = 2,052 + 3,156.57 = 5,208.57
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝐸𝑎𝑠𝑡 = 21.6 x 3.0 x 48 + 347.4 x 0.27 x 48 = 3,110.4 + 4,502.3 = 7,612.7
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 , 𝑊𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 21.7 x 3.0 x 48 + 354.1 x 0.27 x 48 = 3,124.8 + 4,589.14 = 7,713.94
Therefore, 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐹𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑠𝑡 = 26,241.21
𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒l𝑖𝑛𝑒 = 14,487 + 4,024.57 + 26,241.21 = 44,752.78
Since 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝐵𝑎𝑠𝑒𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑒 > 𝐸𝑃𝐹𝑃𝑟𝑜𝑝𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑑 , therefore the building is compliant with ECSBC building envelope requirements.

6. Comfort System and Controls have a ventilation system controlled by carbon
Comfort System and Controls

monoxide sensors for basement carpark spaces
6.1. General where the total car park space is greater then or
System and Co
All HVAC equipment and systems and their controls equal to 600 m2
shall comply with the mandatory provisions of Section I. (c) Demand Control ventilation
6.2 and the Standardized requirement criteria detailed Mechanical ventilation systems serving Air
in section 6.3 for the respective building energy conditioning spaces shall have demand control
efficiency level. In case alternative compliance path of ventilation if they provide outdoor air greater than
total system efficiency or low energy systems is used 5400 m3/hr to the conditioned space.Such
for compliance, respective requirements of outdoor air supply to the space shall be through:
Section6.3.11 or Section6.3.12 and relevant criteria of 1. An air side economizer, or
Section 6.3 shall be complied. 2. Automatic modulating control of the outdoor
6.2. Mandatory Requirements air damper actuated through 𝐶𝑂2 sensors
mounted within the space (CO2 sensors shall
6.2.1. Ventilation
be mounted at breathing height level and shall
All habitable spaces shall be ventilated with outdoor be provided for any space greater than 50
air in accordance with the requirements of Section m2).
6.2.1 and guidelines specified in the National Building
Demand control ventilation (DCV) if employed,
Code 2016 or its subsequent revisions (Part 8:
shall ensure that outdoor air supply to the space
Building Services, Section 1: Lighting and Natural
meets the minimum ventilation requirement as
Ventilation, Subsection 5: Ventilation).
specified in NBC-2016 or its subsequent revisions.
Ventilated spaces shall be provided with outdoor air
Exception to 6.2.1-(c):
using one of the following:
1. Any space that has processes or operations that
(a) Natural Ventilation
generate dust, fumes, mists, vapours or gases
(b) Mechanical Ventilation
and are provided with mechanical exhaust.
(c) Mixed Mode Ventilation
2. Systems with exhaust air energy recovery.
a) Natural ventilation design requirements:
6.2.2. Space Conditioning Equipment
Naturally ventilated buildings shall meet the following
a) Chillers
requirements.
1. For ECSBC Compliance minimum BEE 2 Star
1. Comply with guideline provided for natural
ventilation in NBC. rated chillers shall be installed.
2. If the building has ceiling fans, they shall comply 2. At locations where cooling water and / or
with the requirements of BEE 4-star rating at the recycled water is available, water-cooled
minimum. chillers should be installed. Air-cooled
3. Air circulators, if provided, shall comply with IS systems or Hybrid configurations (Mix of
2997. Water Cooled and Air Cooled) should be used
4. Exhaust fans, if provided, shall comply IS 2312 in buildings with cooling load less then 530
with minimum efficiency requirements of fans kWr. For buildings with cooling load equal to
specified in Section 6.3.1. or greater than 530 kWr, the capacity of air-
cooled chiller shall be restricted to 33% of the
b) Mechanical ventilation & air quality design total installed chilled water plant capacity
requirement (excluding standby, if any). Local approving
Buildings that are ventilated using a mechanical authority / Authority Having Jurisdiction
ventilation system, either completely or in (AHJ) may require a higher percentage of air-
conjunction with natural ventilation systems, shall cooled chillers in a project depending on local

conditions in which case, same shall be Note : The ISEER and EER rating calculation

complied with. shall be as per BIS standard as and when
b) Unitary, Split, Packaged Air-Conditioners published.
System and Co
Unitary (Window) and Split air-conditioners which d) Air Conditioning and Condensing Units serving
are non- ducted and have a capacity up to 10499 Wr Computer Rooms and other special
and light commercial air conditioners from 10500 to applications
18000 Wr ( All air cooled systems ) shall comply with
1. Air conditioning and condensing units serving
IS1391 Part 1 and Part 2 are shall meet or exceed the
computer rooms shall be of minimum energy
efficiency requirements as per BEE 3 Star rating.
efficiency as per the Table 6-3.
Ducted and Packaged air conditioners of capacity above 2. In respect of 24-hour operational areas such
3500 Wr shall comply with IS 8148 for both air cooled as server or battery rooms in otherwise 8 or
and water cooled systems and the minimum efficiency 12-hour occupancies, separate air
requirements shall be as per Table 6.1.Table 6.1 Minimum conditioning units shall be installed. These
Efficiency Requirements for Ducted Split and Packaged Air
units can act as standby units when the central
Conditioners in ECSBC Building
system is operational but can take over when
Cooling Water Cooled Air Cooled the central system is shut down. Similarly, in
Capacity (kWr)
areas where temperatures lower than those to
≤ 10.5 NA BEE 3 Star be maintained in other areas of the building
are required, such as operation theatres in
> 10.5 3.3 EER 2.8 EER
hospitals, separate condensing units shall be
Note: The EER values in Table 6.1 will be replaced by installed. This arrangement ensures that the
IEER values in respect of units of capacity more than central system can operate with higher
10500Wr when the BEE Star Labelling Program is made efficiency.
effective for this range. Minimum efficiency levels for Air
Table 6.3 Minimum Efficiency Requirements for Computer
Cooled as well as Water Cooled systems shall comply
Room Air Conditioners
with BEE 3 Star for ECSBC Buildings.
Equipment Net Sensible Minimum SCOP-127
type Cooling
Downflow Upflow
c) Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF air- Capacity
conditioners) All types of
Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) systems shall be of the computer
All capacity 2.5 2.5
minimum efficiency requirements as specified in Table room Acs Air/
6-2 tested at the capacity rating condition as defined. Water/ Glycol
Rating conditions both at full load as well as part load a. Net Sensible cooling capacity = Total gross cooling
conditions shall be as per BIS Standard for VRF Air capacity - latent cooling capacity – Fan power
Conditioners which is under development. b. Sensible Coefficient of Performance (SCOP-127): A ratio
Table 6.2 Minimum Efficiency Requirement for VRF Air Conditioners calculated by dividing the net sensible cooling capacity in
for ECBC Building watts by the total power input in watts (excluding
For Heating or Cooling or Both reheater and dehumidifier) at conditions defined in
ASHRAE Standard 127-2012 Method of Testing for Rating
Type Size Category (kWr) ISEER (W/W) Computer and Data Processing Room Unitary Air
VRF Air <40 5.4 Conditioners)
Conditioners,
≥ 40 and < 70 5.5
Air Cooled
≥ 70 5.6

e) Hot water production (for heating/reheat in I. Where a unit provides both heating and cooling,

HVAC Systems) controls shall be capable of providing a
temperature dead band of 3.0°C within which the
Hot water production for heating/reheat in HVAC
System and Co
supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is
systems shall be achieved through any one of the
shut off or reduced to a minimum.
following methods:
II. Where separate heating and cooling equipment
1. Solar water heating system shall comply with IS serve the same temperature zone, temperature
12976 and shall be minimum BEE 3-star rated. controls shall be interlocked to prevent
2. Heat recovery systems using waste heat from air/ simultaneous heating and cooling.
water cooled condensers. III. Separate temperature control shall be installed in
3. Air to water or water to water heat pumps. each:
Note: The use of electric, gas, or oil-fired boilers shall be 1. Guest room of hotels and resorts,
discouraged in ECSBC buildings unless they are required 2. Room less than 30 m2 in business building.
for any process requirements and by-product steam or 3. Air-conditioned classroom, lecture room, and
by-product hot water is available for heating or reheat computer room of educational institutions.
purposes. 4. In-patient rooms and wards in healthcare
For service water heating in the building, please refer facilities.
to Section 9. c) Occupancy Controls
6.2.3. Controls Occupancy controls shall be installed at each zone level
To comply with the Code, buildings shall meet the to de-energize fresh air ventilation and/or air
requirements of Section (a) to (f) of 6.2.3. conditioning systems when the building, part of the
building, or individual zones served by that system are
a) Timeclock
not occupied (ex. hotel guest rooms, office cabins,
Mechanical cooling and heating systems in all conference rooms in different building typologies,
occupancies other than healthcare, shall be controlled classrooms, hospital rooms etc.)
by timeclocks that:
For operational reasons, if the HVAC equipment can't
1. Can start and stop the system under different be turned-off, the room temperature set-point shall be
schedules for at least three different day-types per automatically increased to a higher default value of
week, 27oC or higher for energy saving.
2. Include an accessible manual override that allows
d) Cooling Tower Fan Control
temporary operation of the system for up to 2
hours. Cooling towers in buildings with built up area greater
than 20,000 m2 and located in a place where the wet
Exceptions to 6.2.3-(a):
bulb temperature drops below 17oC shall have fan
Cooling and Heating systems of total capacity less than controls based on wet bulb logic capable to reduce fan
17.5 kWr. speed up to 50 Percent of the rated full speed.
b) Temperature Controls e) AHU Fan
Mechanical cooling and heating equipment in all Air Handling Units serving different zones of a building
buildings shall be installed with automatic controls to shall deploy fan speed modulation control to save
manage the temperature inside the conditioned zones. energy, using duct static pressure signal.
Each zone served by HVAC conditioning equipment
Exception to s6.2.3.e:
shall have individual temperature control for energy
saving. These controls shall comply with the following Air handling units with capacity less than 5000 m³/hr.
requirements:

f) Damper Controls < 4.5°C 0.9 1.2

In instances where multiple fans serve the same supply Table 6.5 Insulation Requirements for Pipes in ECSBC+
or exhaust system, automatic shutdown dampers shall Building
System and Co
be provided with input from pressure transducers and Operating Temperature (ºC) Pipe size (mm)
close upon when:
< 40 ≥40
1. Fan shutdown
2. Served spaces are not in use. Insulation R value
(m2.K/W)
Exception to 6.2.3-(f):
Dampers shall not be provided in exhaust systems Heating System
serving kitchen exhaust hoods. >94°C and ≤121°C 1.1 1.3
6.2.4. Piping and Ductwork >60°C and ≤94°C 0.8 0.8
a) Piping Insulation >40°C and ≤60°C 0.5 0.9
Piping for heating, space conditioning, and service hot Cooling System
water systems shall meet the insulation requirements
>4.5°C and ≤15°C 0.9 1.0
listed in Table 6.4 through Table 6.6 . Insulation
exposed to weather shall be protected by aluminium < 4.5°C 1.1 1.3
sheet, painted canvas, or plastic cover. Cellular foam
Refrigerant Piping (Split systems)
insulation shall be protected as above or be painted
with water resistant paint. >4.5°C and ≤15°C 0.5 0.9
Where pipes are located within air-conditioned spaces < 4.5°C 1.1 1.3
or are buried in ground, the R Value indicated in Table Table 6.6 Insulation Requirements for Pipes in Super ECSBC
5.4 through 5.6 may be reduced by 0.2. Where pipes Buildings
are located outside the building and in direct exposure Operating Temperature (ºC) Pipe size (mm)
to weather, the R Values given in Tables 6.4 through 6.6
shall be increased by 0.2. < 40 ≥40
Table 6. 4 Insulation Requirements for Pipes in ECSBC Building Insulation R value

(m2.K/W)
Operating Temperature (ºC) Pipe size (mm)
Heating System
<40 ≥40
>94°C and ≤121°C 1.5 1.5
Insulation R value
(m2.K/W) >60°C and ≤94°C 1.0 1.3
Heating System >40°C and ≤60°C 0.7 1.1
>94°C and ≤121°C 0.9 1.2 Cooling System
>60°C and ≤94°C 0.7 0.7 >4.5°C and ≤15°C 1.0 1.2
>40°C and ≤60°C 0.4 0.7 < 4.5°C 1.5 1.5
Cooling System Refrigerant Piping (Split systems)
>4.5°C and ≤15°C 0.7 0.9 >4.5°C and ≤15°C 0.7 0.9
< 4.5°C 0.9 1.2 < 4.5°C 1.5 1.5
Refrigerant Piping (Split systems)
>4.5°C and ≤15°C 0.4 0.7

b) Ductwork and Plenum Insulation Axial flow fans FEI ≥ 1.0

Ductwork and plenum shall be insulated in accordance
with Table 6-7.
System and Co
Note:
Table 6.7 Ductwork Insulation (R value in m2. K/W)
Requirements Calculation of Baseline Fan Electric Input Power:
Duct Location Supply ducts Return ducts
Baseline fan is a conceptual fan whose power input is
Exterior R -1.4 R -0.6 predefined for a given duty point and can be used as
reference to calculate FEI of any fan.
Unconditioned R -0.6 None
Space Baseline Electric Power Input to motor = Href
Buried R -0.6 None /( Eref.trans x E ref.motor)
Where,
6.2.5. Condenser Location Href =Baseline Fan Shaft Power (Watts)

Air cooled condensers shall be located such that the Eref.trans =Baseline Transmission Efficiency
heat sink is free from of interference of heat discharge
by devices located in adjoining spaces, and do not E ref.motor =Baseline Motor Efficiency
interfere with other such systems installed nearby. Q = Flow Rate m3/hr
6.3. Standardized Requirement Pt = Fan Total Pressure
Compliance shall be demonstrated with the
standardized requirements in this section. Fan Type Href (Watts)
Ducted outlet fans = (Q+0.118)x(Pt+100)0.66
6.3.1. Fans Free outlet fans = (Q+0.118)x(Ps+100)/0.60
Supply, exhaust, and return or relief fans with motor
power exceeding 0.37 kW shall be of minimum Pt = Fan Static Pressure Ps + Fan Velocity Pressure Pv
Mechanical Efficiency and minimum fan motor
efficiency requirements specified in Table 6.9 through Table 6.9 Mechanical and Motor Efficiency Requirements for
Fans in ECSBC Buildings
Table 6.10
System Fan Type Mechanical Motor
Exception to 6.3.1:
type Efficiency Efficiency
Fans in un-ducted air conditioning unit where fan
(As per IS
efficiency has already been taken into account to 12615)
calculate the total efficiency of the comfort system.
Air- Supply, 65% IE 3
For all Centrifugal and Axial Flow fans used in the handling return
Comfort system that require shaft power of 2.5 kW or unit and
higher, the Fan Energy Index (FEI) shall meet or exceed exhaust
the requirements as outlined below:.
Where,
Table 6.10 Mechanical and Motor Efficiency Requirements for
(Baseline Fan Electric Input Power) Fans in ECSBC+ Buildings
FEI =
(Actual Fan Input Electric Power)
Table 6.8 Mechanical and Motor Efficiency Requirements for System Fan Type Mechanical Motor
Fans (Supply, return and exhaust) in Air Handling Unit System type Efficiency Efficiency
Fan FEI (As per IS
12615)
Centrifugal fans FEI ≥ 1.1

Air- Supply, 70% IE 4 Table 6.14 Pump Efficiency Requirements for ECSBC+ Building

handling
Equipment return and ECSBC Equipment ECSBC+ Building
unit exhaust
Chilled Water Pump 18.2 W/ kWr with VFD on Chilled Water Pump 16.9 W/ Kwr with VFD on
System and Co
(Primary and secondary pump (Primary and secondary pump
Secondary)
Table 6.11 Mechanical and Motor Efficiency Requirements for Secondary)
Fans in SuperWater
Condenser ECSBCPump
Buildings17.7 W/ kWr
System Fan Type Mechanical Motor
Pump Efficiency 70%
Type Efficiency Efficiency
(minimum)
(As per IS
Motor Efficiency (as per IE3 or better 12615)
IS 12615)
Air- Supply, 75 % IE 4
handling return and
unit exhaust
6.3.2. Chillers Condenser Water 16.5 W/ Kwr

Pump
Chillers in ECSBC, ECSBC+, and Super ECSBC buildings
shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements Pump Efficiency 75%
specified in Table 6-12. Additionally, chillers shall be (minimum)
rated at both full load and part load conditions in Motor Efficiency (as IE4 or better
accordance with IS 16590. per IS 12615)
Table 6.12 Minimum Efficiency Requirements for Chillers for Table 6.15 Pump Efficiency Requirements for Super ECSBC
ECSBC, ECSBC+ and Super ECSBC Buildings Building
Building Water Cooled Air Cooled Equipment SuperECSBC Building
Category
Chilled Water Pump 14.9 W/ kWr with variable
ECSBC+ 4 Star 4 Star primary pumping
SUPER ECSBC 5 Star 5 Star Condenser Water Pump 14.6 W/ kWr
Pump Efficiency 80%

(minimum)
6.3.3. Pumps
Pumps used in HVAC Systems shall meet or exceed the Motor Efficiency (as per IE4 or better
IS 12615)
minimum energy efficiency requirements specified in
Table 6.13 through Table 6.15.
Pump requirements within district cooling systems 6.3.4. Cooling Towers
and hot water pumps for space heating are limited to
Cooling towers shall be designed for an approach not
the installed efficiency of each individual pump unit.
exceeding 3.9°C for ECSBC building, 2.8°C for ECSBC
Compliance entails calculating the total installed pump
plus , 1.7°C for Super ECSBC to meet fan efficiency
capacity (in kilowatts) and meeting the prescribed
requirements as specified in Table 6.16 through Table
limits per kilowatt of refrigeration installed in the
6-18.
building.
Table 6.16 Cooling Tower Fan Efficiency Requirements for
Table 6.13 Pump Efficiency Requirements for ECSBC Building ECSBC Buildings
Equipment Rating Condition Efficiency

type 2. Building with only daytime occupancy in the hot-

dry climatic zone.
Open circuit 37.2°C entering water 0.35 kW/(ltr-
3. Individual cooling or heating fan systems less than
cooling 31.6OC leaving water sec.)
System and Co
11520 m³/hr.
tower Fans 28.3 °C WB outdoor
air b) Partial Cooling
Where required by Section 6.3.5-(a), economizers
shall be capable of providing partial cooling even when
Table 6.17 Cooling Tower fan Efficiency Requirements for
additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the
ECSBC+ Buildings
cooling load.
Equipment type Rating Condition Efficiency
c) Economizer Controls
Open circuit 37.8°C entering water 0.35 Air side economizer shall be equipped with controls.
cooling tower 32.2°C leaving water kW/(ltr-
1. That allow dampers to be sequenced with the
Fans for 28.3°C WB outdoor air sec.)
mechanical cooling equipment and not be
Chillers
controlled by only mixed air temperature.
≤530kWr
2. Capable of automatically reducing outdoor air
intake to the design minimum outdoor air quantity
when outdoor air intake will no longer reduce
Table 6.18 Cooling Tower fan Efficiency Requirements for
Super ECSBC Buildings cooling energy usage.
3. Capable of high-limit shutoff at 24 °C dry bulb
Equipment Rating Condition Efficiency temperature.
type
d) Testing of Economizers
Open circuit 35.6°C entering water 0.35
Air side economizers shall be tested in the field
cooling tower 30.0°C leaving water kW/(ltr- according to the requirements outlined in Appendix 3
Fans for 28.3°C WB outdoor air sec.) to ensure proper operation.
Chillers
Exception to 6.3.5.(d):
≤530kWr
Air side economizers that have been factory tested and
calibrated as per the procedures outlined in Appendix 3
to ensure proper operation and are duly certified by the
6.3.5. Economizer Authority Having Jurisdiction
a) Economizer 6.3.6. Variable Flow Hydronic System
For buildings with a built-up area exceeding 20,000
a) Variable Fluid Flow
m2, each cooling fan system shall include at least one
of the following: HVAC pumping systems having a total pump system
power exceeding 7.5 kW shall be designed for variable
1. An air economizer, capable of adjusting outside-air fluid flow and shall be capable of reducing pump flow
and return-air dampers to provide 50% of the rates to an extent which is equal to or less than the
design supply air volume as outside air. limit, where the limit is set by the greater of:
2. A water economizer, capable of providing 50% of
the expected system cooling load when outside air I. 50% of the design flow rate, or
temperatures is 10°C dry-bulb/7.2°C wet-bulb and II. The minimum flow required by the equipment
manufacturer for proper operation of the chillers
below.
Exception to 6.3.5.(a) b) Automatic shut off of Condenser water flow
1. Building in warm-humid climate zone. Water-cooled air-conditioning or heat pump units with
a circulation pump motor of 7.5 kW or more shall

include a two-way automatic isolation valve or similar 6.3.8. Variable Refrigerant Flow Air

control measures on each water-cooled air conditioners
conditioning or heat pump circuit. These valves or
Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Air conditioners shall
controls shall be interlocked with the compressor to
System and Co
meet or exceed the efficiency requirements given in
shut off the water flow through the circuit and the
Table 6-22 through Table 6-24. VRF Air Conditioners
dedicated cooling tower fan as well whenever the
shall be rated for full load as well as part load
respective compressor is not in operation.
operating conditions in accordance with the BIS
Standard for VRF air conditioners which is currently in
6.3.7. Unitary, Split, Packaged Air-
draft form.
Conditioners
Unitary (Window AC) and Split air-conditioners, which
are non-ducted and have a capacity of up to 10499 Wr,
and light commercial air conditioners from 10500 to
18000 Wr, (all air-cooled systems), shall comply with
IS-1391 Part 1 and 2. They must also meet or surpass Table 6.22 Minimum Efficiency Requirements for VRF Air
the minimum efficiency requirements specified in conditioners for ECSBC Buildings
Table 6.19. Cooling Capacity (kWr) Efficiency
Table 6.19 Minimum Efficiency Requirements for Non-ducted For <40kWr 5.4 ISEER
Unitary & Split AC, light commercial air conditioners in
ECSBC+ and Super ECSBC Buildings
For ≥ 40kWr and <70kWr 5.5 ISEER
ECSBC Plus BEE 4 Star
Super ECSBC BEE 5 Star For ≥70kWr 5.6 ISEER
Ducted and Packaged air conditioners with a capacity

above 3.5 kWr shall comply with IS 8148 for both air- Table 6.23 Minimum Efficiency Requirements for VRF Air
cooled and water-cooled systems, and the minimum conditioners for ECSBC+ Buildings
efficiency requirements shall be as per Table 6.20 for Cooling Capacity (kWr) Efficiency
ECSBC+ and Table 6.21 for Super ECSBC Buildings
For <40kWr 6.4 ISEER
Table 6.20 Minimum Efficiency Requirements for Ducted Split
and Packaged Air Conditioners in ECSBC+ Building For ≥ 40kWr and <70kWr 6.5 ISEER
Cooling Water Cooled Air Cooled For ≥70kWr 6.6 ISEER
Capacity (kWr)
≤ 10.5 NA BEE 4 Star
> 10.5 3.7 EER 3.2 EER Table 6.24 Minimum Efficiency Requirements for VRF Air
conditioners for Super ECSBC Buildings
Table 6.21 Minimum Requirements for Ducted Split and
Packaged Air Conditioners in Super ECSBC Building
Cooling Capacity (kWr) Efficiency
Cooling Water Cooled Air Cooled
Capacity (kWr) For <40kWr 7.4 ISEER
≤ 10.5 NA BEE 5 Star
For ≥ 40kWr and <70kWr 7.5 ISEER
> 10.5 3.9 EER 3.4 EER
For ≥70kWr 7.6 ISEER
Note: The EER values in Table 6.20 and 6.21 will be
replaced by IEER values in respect of units of capacity
more than 10.5 kWr when the BEE Star Labelling 6.3.9. Controls for ECSBC+ Buildings
Program is made effective for this range. Minimum
efficiency levels for air cooled as well as water cooled ECSBC+ buildings shall have control capabilities to
systems shall comply with BEE 4 Star for ECSBC + meet the following requirements, in addition to
buildings and 5 Star for super ECSBC buildings. complying with the provisions of Section 6.2.3 :

a) Zone Temperature control: d) Chiller Plant Control

The space temperature set point in common area Chilled water systems greater than 1500KW capacity
(which is not accessible to individuals) shall be varied (cumulative) or having more than three chillers in one
System and Co
automatically, based on outside temperature and plant room shall have controls capability to optimize
moved up to higher level within the defined comfort the performance of chillers, pumps and cooling tower
zone. fans and match chilled water demand and supply
b) AHU fan energy optimization: requirement on real-time basis.
The control system shall be capable of optimizing 6.3.11. Energy Recovery

(reducing) the AHU fan static pressure, when the AHU All hospitality and healthcare occupancies with energy
serves multiple zones through "Zone temperature recovery systems of capacity greater than 7560 m³/hr
control devices" like VAV boxes, auto-regulating and minimum outdoor air supply of 70% shall have
diffusers, etc. It should be able to monitor these air-to-air heat recovery equipment with minimum
devices and optimize the dynamic set point of the fan 60 % recovery effectiveness.
static pressure sensor in the duct, thereby controlling
Exception to Section 6.3.11:
the fan speed while ensuring thermal comfort in the
occupied zones Energy recovery from Kitchen, Laundry, Operation
theater, ICU space and Laboratory exhaust systems.
c) Secondary pump energy optimisation: -
The control system shall have capability optimize the 6.3.12. Total System Efficiency – Alternate
pump speed requirement for various loops and Compliance Approach
equipment, as well as optimize chilled water flow
across AHUs and terminal units. Buildings may show compliance by optimizing the
total system efficiency for the plant side comfort
6.3.10. Controls for Super ECSBC Buildings system instead of the individual equipment mentioned
Super ECSBC Buildings shall comply with following under the standardized requirement.
requirements of this section in addition to complying This alternate compliance approach applies to the
with requirements of Section 6.2.3 and Section 6.3.9 : central chilled water plant side system in all building
a) Zone Temperature Control types. The ratio of simulated annual cooling
production to simulated annual energy consumption
A centralized system shall have the capability to
for the higher-side plant equipment shall be less than
automatically correct the heating and cooling set or equal to maximum threshold requirements
points of zone temperature controllers, which may be specified in Table 6-25. Equipment included in the
altered by occupants, at regular intervals. central chilled water plant side system for this
b) Control of Fenestration Louver or Blinds alternative approach comprises chillers, chilled water
pumps, condenser water pumps, and cooling tower
Buildings with large glass facades shall have capability
fans where applicable. Compliance check will be based
to automatically adjust, open or close the curtains,
on annual hourly simulation, referring to Table 12.1
blinds or external louvers. This ensures a balance of for developing the proposed design.
benefits, including reducing solar heat gain, harnessing
natural sunlight, and avoid glare. Table 6.25 Maximum System Efficiency Threshold for ECSBC,
ECSBC+, and Super ECSBC Buildings
c) Occupancy control: Maximum Threshold
Water Cooled Chilled
Conditioning equipment serving large zones (like Water Plant (kW/kWr)
Workstation area) shall have capability to save energy ECSBC 0.24
based on real-time headcount. ECSBC+ 0.21
Super ECSBC 0.19

The total system efficiency shall be calculated as complied with. The approved list of low energy

follows: comfort systems is given below:
Total System Efficiency 1. Evaporative cooling
System and Co
2. Desiccant cooling system
𝐴𝑛𝑛𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐶ℎ𝑖𝑙𝑙𝑒𝑟 𝑝𝑙𝑎𝑛𝑡 Energy consumption (𝑘𝑊ℎ) 3. Solar air conditioning
=
Annual Chiller plant 𝐶𝑜𝑜𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛(kWrh) 4. Tri-generation (waste-to-heat)
5. Radiant cooling system
6. Ground source heat pump
a) Documentation Requirement
7. Adiabatic cooling system
Compliance shall be documented, and compliance 8. Under-floor Air distribution (UFAD) system
forms shall be submitted to the certifying authority
having judication. The information submitted shall Buildings with an approved low energy comfort
include, at a minimum, the following: system installed for more than 50 % of the sum of
cooling and heating capacity requirement of the
1. Summary describing the results of the analysis, building shall be deemed to be equivalent to ECSBC +
including the annual energy use (kWh) of chilled and those with more than 90 % shall be deemed to be
water plant (chillers, pumps and cooling tower) Super ECSBC Compliant subjected to meeting the
and annual chilled water use (kWh)for the documentation requirement as per 6.3.13-(a).
proposed design, and software used.
2. Brief description of the project with location, a) Documentation Requirement
number of stories, space types, conditioned and Compliance shall be documented and submitted to the
unconditioned areas, hours of operation. certifying authority having jurisdiction.
3. List of the energy-related building features of the Documentation shall include, at a minimum, the
proposed design. following:
4. List showing compliance with the mandatory
requirements of this code. I. Brief details of the low- energy comfort system.
5. The input and output report(s) from the type, capacity and efficiency.
simulation program including energy and chilled II. Details of compliance with mandatory and
water usage components: space cooling and heat standardized requirements specified in 6.3.13.
rejection equipment, and other HVAC equipment III. Comparison of installed capacity of the approved
(such as pumps). The output reports shall also low-energy comfort system as against the
show the number of hours any loads that are not conventional system with calculations for energy
met by the HVAC system in the proposed design. consumption of both the systems.
6. Explanation of any significant modelling
assumptions made.
7. Explanation of any error messages noted in the
simulation program output.
6.3.13. Low-energy Comfort Systems

Alternative HVAC systems which have low energy use
may be installed in place of (or in conjunction with)
refrigerant-based cooling systems. Such systems shall
be deemed to meet the minimum space conditioning
equipment efficiency levels of Section 6.2.2 , but shall
comply with all other applicable mandatory provisions
of Section 6.2 as applicable. Wherever applicable,
requirements of Section 6.3 and 6.3.12 shall be

occupancy sensors shall have a wall-mounted,
7. Lighting and Controls
manual switch capable of turning on/off lights
7.1 General Requirement when the space is occupied.
Lighting systems and equipment shall comply with
Exception to 7.2.2- (a):
Lighting and Controls

the mandatory provisions of section 7.2 and the
standardized requirements of section 7.3. The a. Lighting required for 24/7 continuous
lighting requirements in this section shall apply to: operation.
b. Lighting in spaces where patient care is
(a) Interior spaces of buildings, rendered.
c. General lighting and task lighting in spaces
(b) Exterior building features namely facades, where automatic lighting shutoff would
illuminated roofs, architectural features, entrances, endanger the safety or the security of
exits, loading docks, and illuminated canopies, and, occupants in the space.
the building grounds lighting that is provided (b) Space Control
through the building's electrical service. 1. Each space enclosed by ceiling-height
partitions shall have at least one control
Exceptions to section 7.1: device to independently control the general
lighting within the space. Each control
a. Emergency or security lighting that is device shall be activated either manually by
automatically off during normal building an occupant or automatically by sensing an
operations. occupant. Each control device shall:
b. Lighting, including exit signs, that is specifically I. Control a maximum of 250 m2 for a space
designated as required by a health or life safety less than or equal to 1,000 m2, and a
maximum of 1,000 m2 for a space greater
statute, ordinance, or regulation.
than 1,000 m2.
II. Offices greater than 30 m2, shall have the
7.2 Mandatory Requirements
following requirements:
7.2.1 Compliance with the Lighting a. Control zones for general lighting shall be
Quantity and Quality Parameters limited to 60 m2.
The lighting quantity and quality parameters for b. Control zones for general lighting shall be
permitted to automatically turn on, up to
respective application areas shall be in compliance
full power upon occupancy.
with the latest version of IS 3646 – Part 1.
c. General lighting in other unoccupied
control zones shall be permitted to
7.2.2 Interior Lighting Control
automatically turn on to no more than 20%
(a) Automatic Lighting Shutoff
of full power.
At least 90% of all the interior lighting fixtures by
III. No more than 50% of the lighting power for the
wattage in building shall be equipped with automatic general lighting shall be allowed to be automatically
control device that shall function on either: turned-on (using programable controls for
scheduled operation) and none of remaining lighting
1. A scheduled basis at specific programmed times. turned on beyond 20% of full power if unoccupied.
An independent program schedule shall be
provided for areas of up to and including 2,500 IV. Have the capability to override the shutoff control
m2 and not more than one floor, or, specified in 7.2.2-(a) for a maximum of 2 hours, and
2. Occupancy sensors that shall turn off/ dim (by at V. Be readily accessible and located so the occupants
least 80% of full light output) the lighting can see the control.
fixtures within 15 minutes of a space becoming
2. Occupancy sensors shall be provided in:
un-occupied. Light fixtures controlled by

I. All habitable spaces less than 30 m2, enclosed Exemption to Section7.2.3: Exterior Lighting systems
by walls or ceiling height partitions. designed for emergency and firefighting purposes.
II. All storage or utility spaces more than 15 m2.
III. Public toilets more than 25 m2, controlling at 7.2.4 Controls for Compliance
least 80 % of lighting fixtures by wattage, fitted

The following lighting applications shall be equipped
in the toilet. The lighting fixtures, not controlled
with a control device to control such lighting
by automatic lighting shutoff, shall be uniformly
spread in the area. independently of general lighting:
IV. Corridors of all Hospitality buildings, a. Display/ Accent Lighting: Separate controls shall
controlling minimum 70% and maximum 80%
be provided for display or accent lighting in
of lighting fixtures by wattage fitted in the
public corridor. The lighting fixtures, not areas 300 m2 and above,
controlled by automatic lighting shut off, shall b. Hotel Guest Room Lighting: Guest rooms and
be uniformly spread in the area. guest suites in a hotel shall have a master control
V. All conference or meeting rooms. device at the main room entry that controls all
Exception to section 7.2.2-(b)-V: The required permanently installed luminaires and switched
control device may be remotely installed if required receptacles.
for reasons of safety or security. A remotely located c. Task Lighting. Supplemental task lighting
device shall have a pilot light indicator as part of or including permanently installed under shelf or
next to the control device and shall be clearly labelled under cabinet lighting shall have a control device
to identify the controlled lighting. integral to the luminaires or be controlled by a
(c) Control in Daylight Areas wall-mounted control device provided the
control device complies with section 7.2.2-(b)
Luminaires, installed within day lighting extent from d. Nonvisual Lighting: A separate control device
the window as calculated in Sub-Section5.2.3, shall shall be provided for Lighting for nonvisual
be equipped with either a manual control device to applications, such as plant growth and food-
shut off luminaires, installed within day lit area, warming.
during potential daylit time of a day or automatic e. Demonstration Lighting: A separate control
control device that: device accessible to authorized personnel only
1. Has a delay of minimum 5 minutes, and, shall be provided for Lighting equipment used
2. Can switch off the light fixtures or dim/step for sale or for demonstrations in lighting
down up to 10% of full power. education.
When automatic control device in daylight area is 7.2.5 Exit Signs

provided, manual overrides shall not be allowed. Internally illuminated exit signs shall not exceed 5
Watts per face.
7.2.3 Exterior Lighting Control
a. Lighting for all exterior applications shall be 7.2.6 Lighting Power
controlled by a photo sensor or astronomical a. The Connected lighting power of exterior
lighting applications shall not exceed the lighting
time control that is capable of automatically
power limits specified in section 7.3.5 for ‘ECSBC
turning off the exterior lighting when daylight is
Buildings’ excluding the luminaires/application
available or the lighting is not required.
provided with exemptions in the section 7.3.5.
b. Façade lighting and façade non-emergency b. External Luminaires (excluding lighting chains
signage of buildings shall have separate time or direct view luminaires) emitting white light
control. with CCT (correlated colour temperature)
ranging from 2700 K – 6500 K for all exterior

applications (except decorative/architectural) k. Lighting that is for sale or lighting educational
shall have efficacy not less than 100 lumens per demonstration systems,
watt, 110 lumens per watt, and 120 lumens per l. Lighting only comprising of theatrical purposes,
watt for ECSBC, ECSBC+, and Super ECSBC including performance, stage, and film or video

Buildings respectively. production, and
m. Athletic playing areas with permanent facilities
7.3 Standardized Requirements for television broadcasting.
7.3.1 Interior Lighting Power
7.3.2 Building Area Method
The installed interior lighting power for a building or
Determination of interior lighting power allowance
a separately metered or permitted portion of a
(watts) by the building area method shall be in
building shall be calculated in accordance with
accordance with the following:
section7.3.4 and shall not exceed the interior lighting
power allowance determined in accordance with a. Determine the allowed lighting power density
either section 7.3.2 or 7.3.3. (LPD) for each appropriate building area type
from Table 7.1 for ECSBC Buildings, from Table
Exception to section 7.3: The following lighting
7.2 for ECSBC+ Buildings and from Table 7.3 for
equipment and applications shall not be considered
Super ECSBC Buildings.
when determining the interior lighting power
b. Calculate the gross illuminated area for each
allowance, nor shall the wattage for such lighting be
building area type.
included in the installed interior lighting power.
c. The interior lighting power allowance is the sum
However, any such lighting shall not be exempt
of the products of the gross illuminated floor
unless it is an addition to general lighting and is
area of each building area times the allowed
controlled by an independent control device.
lighting power density for that building area
a. Display or accent lighting that is an essential type.
element for the function performed in galleries,
museums, and monuments, 7.3.3 Space Function Method
b. Lighting that is integral to equipment or
instrumentation and is installed by its
Determination of interior lighting power allowance
manufacturer, (watts) by the space function method shall be in
c. Lighting specifically designed for medical or
accordance with the following:
dental procedures and lighting integral to
medical equipment, (a) Determine the numbers of Light fixtures to meet
d. Lighting integral to food warming and food the lighting quantity and quality parameters as
preparation equipment, per IS3646-Part I
e. Lighting for plant growth or maintenance, (b) Determine the appropriate building type and the
f. Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use allowed lighting power density from Table 7.4 for
by the visually impaired, ECSBC Buildings, Table 7.5 for ECSBC+ Buildings
g. Lighting in retail display windows, provided the and, Table 7.6 for Super ECSBC Buildings. In cases
display area is enclosed by ceiling-height where both a common space type and building
partitions, specific space type are listed, building specific
h. Lighting in interior spaces that have been space type LPD shall apply.
specifically designated as a registered interior (c) For each space, enclosed by partitions 80% or
historic landmark, greater than ceiling height, determine the gross
i. Lighting that is an integral part of advertising or lighted floor area by measuring to the Centre of the
directional signage, partition wall. Include the area of balconies or other
j. Exit signs, projections. Retail spaces do not have to comply with
the 80% partition height requirements.

(d) The interior lighting power allowance is the sum of breakers, shall be rated at 100% of the
the lighting power allowances for all spaces. The maximum rated load of the limiting device.
lighting power allowance for a space is the product
of the gross lighted floor area of the space times the 7.3.5 Installed Exterior Lighting Power

allowed lighting power density for that space. Connected lighting power of exterior lighting
7.3.4 Installed Interior Lighting Power applications shall not exceed the lighting power
The installed interior lighting power calculated for limits specified in Table 7.7 for ECSBC Buildings,
compliance with Section 7.3 shall include total all Table 7.8 for ECSBC+ Buildings and
power consumption of the luminaires, except the Table 7.9 for Super ECSBC Buildings. Trade-offs
exemptions specified in Section 7.1. between applications are not permitted.
Exception to Section 7.3.3: If two or more Exception to exterior lighting power:
independently operating lighting systems in a space
are controlled to prevent simultaneous user a. Lighting integral to equipment or
instrumentation and installed by its
operation, the installed interior lighting power shall
manufacturer.
be based solely on the lighting system with the
b. Theatrical purposes only comprising of
highest power without compromising the lighting
performance, stage, film production, and video
quantity and quality. production.
(a) Luminaire Wattage c. Temporary lighting not permanently installed
1. The wattage of lighting equipment, when and can be removed or shifted whenever
required.
used to calculate either installed interior
d. Lighting for industrial activities namely
lighting power shall be determined in
manufacturing, material handling,
accordance with the following criteria:
transportation sites, and associated storage
2. The wattage of lighting equipment areas where lighting is equipped with hoods or
connected to supply voltage shall be the louvers for glare control.
manufacturers’ labelled rated wattage. e. Lighting for any monument of national
3. The wattage of lighting equipment with importance, national flag, statue/sculpture etc.
remote ballasts/drivers or similar devices
shall be the total input wattage of all
components and accessories in the system.
4. The wattage of all other miscellaneous
luminaire types not described in (i) or shall
be the rated wattage marked on the
luminaires and/or its packaging.
5. The wattage of lighting track, plug-in
busway, and flexible-lighting systems that
allow the addition and/ or relocation of
luminaires without altering the wiring of the
system shall be the highest of the specified
wattage of the luminaires included in the
system or 135 Watt per meter length of the
lighting system. Systems with integral
overload protection, such as fuses or circuit

Table 7.1 Interior Lighting Power for ECSBC Buildings – Building Area Method for Lighting system
Building Area Type LPD (W/m2) Building Area Type LPD (W/m2)
Office Building 7.37 Motion picture theater 5.06
Hospitals 9.70 Museum 6.60
Hotels /Motel 6.27 Post office 7.48
Shopping Mall 9.24 Religious building 7.81
University and Schools 8.25 Sports arena 7.80
Library 9.90 Transportation 6.60
Dining: bar lounge/leisure 8.80 Warehouse 5.28
Performing arts
Dining: cafeteria/fast food 8.25 9.68
theater
Dining: family 7.70 Police station 7.26
Dormitory 6.16 Workshop 10.23
Fire station 6.60 Automotive facility 8.69
Gymnasium 8.91 Convention center 7.48
Manufacturing facility 9.68 Parking garage 1.98
Table 7.2 Interior Lighting Power for ECSBC+ Buildings – Building Area Method for lighting system
Building Area Type LPD Building Area Type LPD (W/m2)

(W/m2)
Office Building 6.7 Motion picture theater 4.6
theatre
Hospitals 7.8 Museum 6
University and 7.5 Sports arena 7.8

Schools
Library 9 Transportation 6
Dining: bar
8 Warehouse 4.8
lounge/leisure

Dining:
7.5 Performing arts theatre 8.8
cafeteria/fast food
Dining: family 7 Police station 6.6

Table 7.3

Dormitory 5.6 Workshop 9.3 Interior
Lighting
Fire station 6 Automotive facility 7.2
Power
Gymnasium 8.1 Convention Centre 6.8 for Super
ECSBC
Manufacturing facility 8.8 Parking garage 1.8
Buildings
–
Building Area Method for lighting system
Building Area Type LPD (W/m2) Building Area Type LPD (W/m2)
Office Building 5.0 Motion picture theatre 4.14
Hospitals 4.9 Museum 5.1
University and Schools 6.0 Sports arena 4.9
Library 6.1 Transportation 4.6
Dining: bar lounge/leisure 6.1 Warehouse 3.5
Dining: cafeteria/fast food 5.8 Performing arts theatre 7.92
Dining: family 5.5 Police station 5.0
Dormitory 4.6 Workshop 7.1
Fire station 4.9 Automotive facility 4.5
Gymnasium 5.0 Convention centre 6.3
Manufacturing facility Parking garage 1.5
Table 7.4 Interior Lighting Power for ECSBC Buildings – Space Function Method Base LPD without modifiers
Category LPD Category LPD

(W/m2) (W/m2)
Restrooms 7.7 Stairway 5.5
Storage 5.72 Corridor/ Transition 5.28

Conference/Meeting 10.45 Lobby 9.1
Parking Bays(covered/ 1.32 Driveways (covered/basement) 3.0

basement)

Electrical/ Mechanical 7.1 Workshop 10.41
Business
Enclosed 8.69 Open Plan 6.6
Banking ActivityArea 6.6 Service/Repair 5.5
Healthcare
Emergency 15.73 Recovery 8.6
Exam/Treatment 13.7 Storage 4.18
Nurses’ Station 9.4

Operating Room 15.73 Laundry/Washing 6.05
Patient Room 7.7 Lounge/Recreation 8.0
Pharmacy 8.25 Medical Supply 6.6
Physical Therapy 9.68 Nursery 5.7
Radiology/Imaging 9.1 Corridor/Transition 7.15
Hospitality
Hotel Dining 6.16 Hotel Lobby 5.72
For Bar Lounge/Dining 9.02 Motel Dining 4.29
For food preparation 11.44 Motel Guest Rooms 4.84
Hotel GuestRooms 4.84
Shopping Complex
Mall Concourse 6.71 For Family Dining 6.16
Sales Area 10.01 For food 11.44

preparation
Motion PictureTheatre ( 3.19 Bar Lounge/ Dining 9.02
Audience SeatingArea)
Educational
Classroom/Lecture 8.47 Card File and 8.25
Cataloguing

For Classrooms Stacks (Library) 13.97
8.47 8
Laboratory 12.43 Reading Area(Library) 10.00

Assembly
Dressing Room 4.62 Seating Area - Performing Arts 12.98
Theatre
Exhibit Space – Convention 5.94 Lobby - Performing Arts Theatre 14.3
Centre
Seating Area - 2.75 Seating Area – 6.4
Gymnasium Convention Centre
Fitness Area - 9.68 Seating ReligiousBuilding 8.58
Gymnasium
Museum – General 3.63 Playing Area - 9.68
Exhibition Gymnasium
Museum – Restoration 14.74
Table 7.5 Interior Lighting Power for ECSBC+ Buildings – Space Function Method base LPD without modifiers

(W/m2) (W/m2)
Common Space Types
Conference/Meeting 9.2 Driveways (covered/ 1.5

basement)
Parking Bays (covered/ 1.2 Lobby 7.3
basement)
Electrical/ Mechanical 5.7 Workshop 9.46
Business
Enclosed 7.9 Open Plan 6
Banking Activity Area 6 Service/Repair 5
Healthcare
Nurses’ Station 7.5 Laundry/Washing 5.5

Operating Room 14.3 Lounge/Recreation 6.4
Patient Room 6.1 Medical Supply 6

Pharmacy 7.5 Nursery 4.6
Physical Therapy 8.5 Corridor/Transition 6.5
Radiology/Imaging 7.3
Hospitality
Hotel Guest Rooms 4.4
Shopping Complex
Sales Area 9.1 For food preparation 10.4
Motion PictureTheatre ( 2.9 Bar Lounge/ Dining 8.2

Educational
Classroom/Lecture 7.7 Card File and Cataloguing 7.5
For Classrooms Stacks (Library) 12.7
Laboratory (in or as a 11.3 Reading Area (Library) 9.2

classroom)
Assembly
Theatre
Exhibit Space – Convention 5.4 Lobby - Performing Arts 13
Centre Theatre
Seating Area - 2.5 Seating Area – Convention 5.1
Gymnasium Centre
Fitness Area - 7.9 Seating Religious Building 7.8
Gymnasium
Museum – General 3.3 Playing Area - Gymnasium 8.8
Exhibition

Museum – 11.0
Restoration
Table 7.6 Interior Lighting Power for Super ECSBC Buildings – Space Function Method base LPD without modifiers

(W/m2) (W/m2)
Common Spaces Types
Conference/ Meeting 5.7 Driveways (covered/ 1.35

basement)
Parking Bays (covered/ 1.08 Lobby 4.6
basement)
Electrical/Mechanical 3.5 Workshop 8.51
Business
Enclosed 5.4 Open Plan 5.4
Banking Activity Area 5.4 Service/Repair 3.4
HealthCare
Nurses’ Station 5.0 Laundry/Washing 4.95
Operating Room 10.9 Lounge/Recreation 4.6
Patient Room 3.8 Medical Supply 5.40
Pharmacy 5.3 Nursery 2.9
Physical Therapy 4.9 Corridor/ Transition 4.6
Radiology/ Imaging 4.6
Hospitality

Hotel Guest Rooms 3.96
Shopping Complex

Sales Area 8.19 For food preparation 7.5
Motion Picture 2.61 Bar Lounge/ Dining 7.0

Theatre (
Educational
Classroom/Lecture 6.8 Card File and Cataloguing 4.6
Laboratory (in or as a 7.5 Stacks (Library) 9.2

classroom)
Reading Area (Library) 5.7
Assembly

Theatre
Exhibit Space – Convention 4.86 Lobby - Performing ArtsTheatre 10.8
Centre
Seating Area - 2.25 Seating Area – Convention 3.2
Gymnasium Centre
Fitness Area - 3.9 Seating Religious Building 7.02
Gymnasium
Museum – General 2.97 Playing Area - Gymnasium 6.5
Exhibition
Museum – Restoration 5.5
Table 7.7 Exterior Building Lighting Power for ECSBC Buildings
Exterior lighting application Power limits
Building entrance (with canopy) 10 W/m2 of canopied area
Building entrance (w/o canopy) 90 W/ linear m of door width
Building exit 60 W/lin m of door width
Building façade 5.0 W/m2 of vertical façade area
Emergency signs, ATM kiosks, Security areas façade 1.0 W/m2

Driveways and parking (open/ external) 1.6 W/m2
Pedestrian walkways 2.0 W/m2
Stairways 10.0 W/m2

Landscaping 0.5 W/m2
Outdoor sales area 9.0 W/m2
Table 7.8 Exterior Building Lighting Power for ECSBC+ Buildings
Building entrance (with canopy) 8.0 W/m2 of canopied area
Stairways 8.0 W/m2
Table 7.9 Exterior Building Lighting Power for SuperECSBC Buildings
Building entrance (with canopy) 5.0 W/m2 of canopied area


Stairways 5.0 W/m2


2014 and latest amendment 4 issued in 4th march 2021
8. Electrical and Renewable Energy
titled as IS 1180 (PART 1): 2014 and IS 1180 (Part 3):
Systems 2021 or as revised from time to time for Mineral Oil
Electrical and Renewable Energy Systems

8.1 General type or Ester Oil type transformer respectively and
All electric, Vertical Transport and renewable energy shall conform to BEE star rating.
equipment and systems shall comply with the mandatory Dry type transformers shall conform to permissible
requirements of section 8.2. losses as indicated in Table 8.1
8.2 Mandatory Requirements Compliance of Power distribution transformers (oil
type) shall be:
8.2.1 Transformers
1. ECSBC building – Conforming to BEE 3-star
(a) Maximum Allowable Distribution labelling requirement.
Transformer Losses 2. ECSBC Plus building – Conforming to BEE 4-
star labelling requirement.
Power distribution transformers of the required ratings
3. ECSBC Super building – Conforming to BEE 5-
and design shall satisfy the maximum allowable losses
star labelling requirement.
at 50% and 100% loading. The permissible loss shall
not exceed the values listed in IS 1180 first published in
Table 8.1: Dry Type Transformers
Max. Total Loss (W)

Rating (kVA) Impedance (%) ECSBC building ECSBC+ building ECSBC Super building
50% Load 100% Load 50% Load 100% Load 50% Load 100% Load
16 4.5 150 480 135 440 120 400
25 4.5 210 695 190 635 175 595
63 4.5 380 1,250 340 1,140 300 1,050
100 4.5 520 1,800 475 1,650 435 1,500
160 4.5 770 2,200 670 1,950 570 1,700
200 4.5 890 2,700 780 2,300 670 2,100
250 4.5 1,050 3,150 980 2,930 920 2,700
315 4.5 1,100 3,275 1,025 3,100 955 2,750
400 4.5 1,300 3,875 1,225 3,450 1,150 3,330
500 4.5 1,600 4,750 1,510 4,300 1,430 4,100
630 4.5 2,000 5,855 1,860 5,300 1,745 4,850
1000 5 3,000 9,000 2,790 7,700 2,620 7,000
1250 5 3,600 10,750 3,300 9,200 3,220 8,400
1600 6.25 4,500 13,500 4,200 11,800 3,970 11,300
2000 6.25 5,400 17,000 5,050 15,000 4,790 14,100
2500 6.25 6,500 20,000 6,150 18,500 5,900 17,500
Total loss values given in above table are applicable for thermal class E, B and F and have component of load
loss at reference temperature according to clause 17 of IS. An increase of 7% on total for thermal class H is
allowed.

8.2.3 Voltage Drop
Note: Voltage drop for any feeders shall be maximum 2% at

design load. Voltage drop for any branch circuit shall be
a. The permissible loss value shall be superseded by the values
as specified in the Indian standard whenever published.
maximum 3% at design load.
b. The values in this table have been developed based on input
data sourced from IEC 60076-20. 100% losses from Level 1
8.2.4 Energy Efficient Motors
to Level 3 are calculated considering the individual losses
Motors shall comply with the following:
(No Load Loss and Load Loss) as mentioned in table 10 of
IEC 60076-20. 50% losses are computed. Loss level 1 as per Three phase induction motors shall conform to (IS)
IEC recommended level 1, Level 3 as per IEC recommended 12615 latest version as amended from time to time and
level 2 & intermediate levels are extrapolated.
shall fulfil the following efficiency requirements:
c. Total loss values given in table 8.1 are applicable for
thermal insulation class F. The reference temperature for (a) ECSBC Buildings shall have motors of
calculation of performance (Losses and impedance etc may
minimum IE 3 (high efficiency) class
be the maximum or average ambient temperature plus the
(b) ECSBC+ Buildings shall have motors of
temperature rise limit as per the insulation class of the Dry
Type Transformer (for example 120 Deg C for insulation minimum IE 4 (premium efficiency)
Class F) - refer table 2 and Clause No. 14.2.3 of IS - 2026 Part (c) Super ECSBC Buildings shall have motors of
11:2021 for Dry type transformer. minimum IE 5 (super premium efficiency)
class
For transformers having voltage class above 11 kV NOTE:
and up to and including 22 kV, the permissible total
loss values shall not exceed by 5% of the maximum I. IE5 efficiency class is as defined in IEC TS
total loss values mentioned in Table 8.1. 60034-30-2
For transformers having primary highest voltage for II. Motors of kW ratings different from those
equipment 22kV < Um ≤ 33kV and Secondary listed in the tables of IS 12615 shall have
highest voltage for equipment Um ≤ 3.6 kV, the efficiency greater than that of the next listed
permissible total loss values shall not exceed by kW motor.
15% of the maximum total loss values mentioned in III. Motor kW ratings shall not exceed 20% of the
above Table. Here Um is highest voltage for calculated maximum load being served.
equipment. 8.2.5 Standby Generator Sets
I. Transformer ratings above 3150 kVA, shall BEE star rated DG sets (as per prevalent BEE Standards
conform to values specified in IS 2026 latest and Labelling Program) shall be used in all compliant
version will be applicable.
buildings. DG sets in buildings greater than 20,000 m2
Built Up Area (BUA) shall be BEE star labelled and
(b) Measurement and Reporting of
Transformer Losses (a) ECSBC compliant building – Minimum BEE 3
stars rating
All measurement of losses shall be carried out by using (b) ECSBC Plus compliant building – Minimum BEE
calibrated digital meters of class 0.5 or better accuracy 4 stars rating
and shall be certified by BIS certification mark and BEE (c) ECSBC Super compliant building – 5 stars
label. All transformers of capacity of 500 kVA and above rating in Super ECSBC Buildings
shall be equipped with appropriate class energy meters
and current transformers (CTs) and potential
Note: Provided Standby Generating sets, using any
transformers (PTs) in addition to requirements of
other fuels other than diesel, shall comply with BEE’s
utilities for periodic loss monitoring study.
star labelling program as and when comes into effect.
The buildings not using DG sets for captive power

generation (no more than 15% of power requirement is 1. All installed energy meters shall conform to IS
being met using DG sets), BEE 3 star rated DG sets shall 13779 and shall be Class 0.2s or higher accuracy
be used for ECSBC Plus and ECSBC Super compliance. for building-level metering and Class 1s for sub-

metering and have an active RS-485 port, with
8.2.6 Check-Metering and Monitoring industry standard Modbus protocol. For power
quality measurement at building-level, the energy
At Building mains, installed meters shall monitor meter located in PCC shall be class A as per IEC
Energy use (kWh, kVARh, kVAh), Energy Demand (kW/ 61000-4-7 and IEC 61000-4-30..
kVA), THD (V and I) on a half hour basis. The metering
shall also be displaying current (in each phase and the Sub-metering requirements for different services shall
neutral), voltage (between phases and between each be as defined in Table 8.2 and additional sub-metering
phase and neutral). for specific building types shall be as defined in Table
8.3.
Need of KVARh metering Explanation: Reactive Power
influences the power factor of the system. We know Table 8.2: Sub Metering: Minimum requirement for separation
'Power factor' is a key indicator for an efficient energy of electrical load
delivery in AC electrical system. It is a measure of how
effectively a specific load consumes electricity to Building Contract Demand
produce work. So, understanding reactive power 120 kVA to Greater than
consumption in highly no linear load driven electrical 250 kVA 250 kVA
HVAC system and components Required Required
system helps user to decide on efficient utilisation of
Interior and Exterior Lighting Not required Required
energy, avoid utility penalty and reduce MD in the
Domestic hot water Not required Required
system.
Plug loads Not required Required
Building services sub-meters shall comprise of the Renewable power source Required Required
following: Public Health Engineering
Not required Required
(PHE) Pumps
(a) Services 1,000 kVA and above shall have Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) Required Required
permanently installed electrical metering to record Water Treatment Plant (WTP) Required Required
demand (kVA), energy (kWh), and total power
factor on half hourly basis. The metering shall also Table 8.3: Additional sub-metering requirements for specific
display current (in each phase and the neutral), building types
voltage (between phases and between each phase
Mandatory requirement of submetering of services
and neutral), and total harmonic distortion (THD) as For specific building types
a percentage of total current and voltage. Shopping Façade lighting, Common Area lighting
(b) Services 65kVA to 1,000 kVA shall have Complex and exterior lighting
permanently installed electric metering to record Shopping
Elevator, escalators & moving walks
demand (kW/kVA), energy (kWh/kVAh), and total Complex
power factor (or kVARh) on half hourly basis. Business Data centres and Floor loads
(c) Services less than 65 kVA shall have permanently
Commercial kitchens, laundry & Total
installed electrical metering to record energy (kWh) Hospitality
Guest rooms
on hourly basis.
Medical Equipment, UPS power, total IPD
(d) Submetering for building services shall be as Hospital rooms, Kitchen, and Laundry
defined in Table 8.2
(e) Submetering for specific building types shall be as2. For tenant-based building, tenants must be provided
defined in Table 8.3. with tap-off points to install electrical sub-meters.
8.2.7 Power Factor Correction

All 3 phase supplies shall maintain their power factor at of Common Coupling), users shall limit their harmonic
the point of connection as follows: currents as specified.:

(a) 0.97 for ECSBC compliant Building 1. Daily 99th percentile very short time (3 s) harmonic
(b) 0.98 for ECSBC Plus compliant building currents shall be less than 2.0 times the values given
in Table 8.5, Table 8.6 and Table 8.7
(c) 0.99 for Super ECSBC Super compliant building
2. Weekly 99th percentile short time (10 min)
harmonic currents shall be less than 1.5 times the
8.2.8 Power Quality value given in Table 8.5, Table 8.6 and Table 8.7
3. Weekly 95th percentile short time (10 min)
harmonic currents shall be less than the values
(a) Voltage Distortion
given in Table 8.5, Table 8.6 and Table 8.7
4. Maximum allowable limit of current distortion for
At the main metering level of the building, utilities
system design shall comply to Table 8.5
and/or distribution system operators shall limit line-
Table 8.5: Current distortion limits for systems rated 120V
to-neutral voltage harmonics as follows: through 69kV
1. Daily 99th percentile very short time (3s) values Maximum harmonic current distortion in percent of IL
shall be less than 1.5 times the values given in table
8.4. Individual harmonic orderb
2≤h< 11≤h 17≤h 23≤h 35≤h

2. Weekly 95th percentile short time (10 min) values ISC/IL TDD
11a <17 <23 <35 ≤50
shall be less than the values given in table 8.4.
<20C 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0
Table 8.4: Voltage Distortion Limits
20<50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0
Individual Total harmonic
Bus voltage V 50<100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0
harmonic (%) distortion THD
at PCC
h ≤ 50 (%)
5.0 8.0 100<1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0
V ≤ 1.0 kV
1 kV < V ≤ 69 kV 3.0 5.0 >1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0
69 kV < V ≤ 161 kV 1.5 2.5 a For h≤6, even harmonics are limited to 50% of the harmonic limites
1.0 1.5* shown in the table.
161 kV < V b Current distortions that result in a dc offset, e.g., half-wave converters,
are not allowed.

NOTE: High-voltage systems are allowed to have up to c Power generation facilities are limited to these values of current
2.0% THD where the cause is an HVDC terminal whose distortion, regardless of actual ISC/IL unless covered by other standards
effects are found to be attenuated at points in the with applicable scope.
network where future users may be connected. ISC = maximum short-circuit current at PCC.
IL = maximum demand load current at PCC under normal load operating
conditions.
Reference Standard: IEEE 519:2022
Table 8.6: Current distortion limits for systems rated above 69

(b) Current Distortion kV through 161kV
The limits in this sub clause shall be applicable to users

Maximum harmonic current distortion
connected to systems with the rated voltage at the PCC
in percent of IL
is from 120 V to above 161 kV. For individual nonlinear
load, these limits are not applicable. At the PCC (Point Individual harmonic orderb

2≤h< 11≤h< 17≤h< 23≤h< 35≤h≤ All projects shall submit outcome results as per
ISC/IL TDD enclosed annexure 7 to validate compliance to award.
11a 17 23 35 50

<20C 2.0 1.0 0.75 0.3 0.15 2.5
8.2.9 Power Distribution Systems
20<50 3.5 1.75 1.25 0.5 0.25 4.0
The power cabling size shall be designed for
50<
5.0 2.25 2.0 0.75 0.35 6.0 distribution losses to be less than values mentioned as
100 below:
100< (a) 3% of the total power usage in ECSBC compliant
6.0 2.75 2.5 1.0 0.5 7.5
1000
Buildings
>1000 7.5 3.5 3.0 1.25 0.7 10.0
(b) 2% of the total power usage in ECSBC Plus
a For h≤6, even harmonics are limited to 50% of the harmonic limites compliant Buildings
shown in the table.
b Current distortions that result in a dc offset, e.g., half-wave
(c) 1% of total power usage in ECSBC Super compliant
Buildings
converters, are not allowed.
c Power generation facilities are limited to these values of current (d) Design calculation for the losses shall be recorded
distortion, regardless of actual ISC/IL unless covered by other and maintained. Load calculation shall be calculated
standards with applicable scope. up to the panel level.
ISC = maximum short-circuit current at PCC.
IL = maximum demand load current at PCC under normal load 8.2.10 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)
operating conditions.
In all buildings, energy efficiency of UPS shall be equal
Table 8.7: Current distortion limits for systems rated > 161 kV
to or higher than energy efficiency requirements
defined in Table 8.8.
Maximum harmonic current distortion in percent Table 8.8: Energy Efficiency Requirements for UPS for ECSBC,
of IL ECSBC Plus ECSBC Super building
Individual harmonic orderb Energy Efficiency

UPS Size Requirements at 100%
ISC/I 2≤h< 11≤h 17≤h 23≤h 35≤h
TDD Load
L 11a <17 <23 <35 ≤50
kVA< 20 93%
<25C 1.0 0.5 0.38 0.15 0.1 1.5 20<=kVA <= 100 94%
kVA > 100 96%
25<
2.0 1.0 0.75 0.3 0.15 2.5
50
NOTE: Standards and Labelling program by
≥5 3.0 1.5 1.15 0.45 0.22 3.75
BEE shall take precedence over requirements
a For h≤6, even harmonics are limited to 50% of the harmonic
limites shown in the table.
listed in this section.
b Current distortions that result in a dc offset, e.g., half-wave
converters, are not allowed. 8.2.11 Renewable Energy Systems
c Power generation facilities are limited to these values of
current distortion, regardless of actual ISC/IL unless covered by All buildings shall have provisions for installation of
other standards with applicable scope. renewable energy systems.
ISC = maximum short-circuit current at PCC.
IL = maximum demand load current at PCC under normal load (a) Renewable Energy Generation (REGZ)
operating conditions.
Reference Standard: IEEE 519:2022 The building shall have onsite renewable energy
generation capacity in meeting at least 4% of total
contract demand of the building on annual basis or

covering minimum of 50% of the available roof area, 4. Structural design loads for roof dead and live load.
which ever feasible for ECSBC buildings.
In addition, the rooftop solar system considered for (d) Grid Harmonisation/ Demand

building, should give yield at least 0.46 kWh/sqm/yr. or Response
more.
NOTE: m2 denotes surface area of the solar panel installed All buildings should conform to
ECSBC Plus and Super ECSBC building shall fulfil the 1. ECSBC -Minimum 5% Building Electricity Peak
additional requirements listed in Table 8.9 and Table Demand load reduction capability
8.10 respectively. 2. ECSBC Plus 7.5 % Building Electricity Peak Demand
Table 8.9: Minimum Renewable Contribution towards meeting load reduction capability
Contract Demand in ECSBC Plus Building 3. Super ECSBC – 10 % Building Electricity Peak
Demand load reduction Capability.
Building Type Minimum Capacity to
be Installed in REGZ
All building types Minimum 7.5% of (e) Recommendations on Electric Vehicle
total Contract Demand Charging Infrastructure and Parking Spaces
Table 8.10: Minimum Renewable Contribution towards meeting 1. EV Charging Infrastructure:
Contract Demand in Super ECSBC Building Parking places in buildings shall be provided with EV
Charging infrastructure as per Central Electricity
Building Type Minimum Capacity to Authority (CEA) guidelines, CEA measures of safety
be Installed in REGZ regulations and Ministry of power consolidated
All Building types Minimum 15% of total guidelines & standards for EV charging infrastructure
Contract Demand
as applicable at the time of implementation.
If states having open access policy, the buildings shall
comply in meeting above demand by using combination I. CEA Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply,
of off-site green power procured from local energy Amendment Regulations, 2019
company along with on-site installed renewable energy II. CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity of
sources to meet the target mentioned above. Distributed Generation Resources, Amendment
Regulations, 2019
(b) Main Electrical Service Panel III. Ministry of Power Guidelines, Jan 2022
IV. BIS standards (IS 17017 series)
Minimum rating shall be displayed on the main
V. Battery Safety and Vehicle Safety standards for EV
electrical service panel. Space shall be reserved for the
as per regulations by Ministry of Heavy Industries.
installation of a circuit breaker for a future renewable
VI. Amendments to Model Building Bye-Laws 2016 for
electric installation.
EVCI, 2019
(c)Demarcation on Documents 1. ECSBC: Minimum 20% parking capacity with EV

The following shall be indicated in design and charging facility. The requirements shall comply
construction documents: independently for two wheelers, four wheelers and
visitors parking.
1. Location for inverters and metering equipment
2. ECSBC Plus: Minimum 25% parking capacity with
EV charging facility. The requirements shall comply
2. Pathway for routing of conduit from the REGZ to the independently for two wheelers, four wheelers and
point of interconnection with the electrical service visitors parking.
3. Routing of plumbing from the REGZ to the water- 3. Super ECSBC: Minimum 35% parking capacity with
heating system and EV charging facility. The requirements shall comply

independently for two wheelers, four wheelers and
The lifts shall be of energy classification ‘C’ efficient for
visitors parking.
ECSBC buildings, energy classification ‘B’ efficiency for
NOTE: The parking space shall comply with all the

ECSBC plus buildings and energy classification ‘A’
safety requirements for EVs efficiency for ECSBC super buildings. The energy
classification values are as defined in table 7 of IS 17515
8.2.12 Vertical Transportation System – Part 2.
Vertical transportation shall comply to the standard in
table 8.11: Lifts shall have Variable frequency drives, Permanent
magnet gearless machines and Energy efficient lighting
Table 8.11: Standards for vertical transportation system features with standby mode and prescriptive features
like Destination control system where applicable as per
Sl.
IS No. Title
traffic analysis requirements, Regenerative drives.
No.
17515 Energy Performance of Lifts, Escalators Energy

1 (Part and Moving Walks: Part 1 Energy Efficiency Energy Consumption per Day (Wh)
1) Measurement and Verification Class
A Ed ≤ 0,72 x Q x nd x Sav/1000 + 50 x tnr

Energy Performance of Lifts, Escalators
17515
and Moving Walks: Part 2 Energy
2 (Part B Ed ≤ 1,08 x Q x nd x Sav/1000 + 100 x tnr
Calculation and Classification for Lifts
2)
(Elevators)
C Ed ≤ 1,62 x Q x nd x Sav/1000 + 200 x tnr
Energy Performance of Lifts, Escalators
17515 D Ed ≤ 2,43 x Q x nd x Sav/1000 + 400 x tnr
and Moving Walks: Part 3 Energy
3 (Part
Calculation and Classification of
3)
Escalators and Moving Walks
Ed ≤ 3,65 x Q x nd x Sav/1000 + 800 x tnr buildings. The energy classification values are as defined
E
in table 7 of IS 17515 – Part 3.
F Ed ≤ 5,47 x Q x nd x Sav/1000 + 1600 x tnr Note: If there are multiple escalators and /or moving
walks in a building with different classification as per
G Ed ≤ 5,47 x Q x nd x Sav/1000 + 1600 x tnr table above, then the one with lowest class shall be taken
for rating computation.
Escalator and /or Moving Walks: Energy calculations
Escalators and Moving walks shall have Variable
and classification for Escalators and Moving walks is
based on Table 7.12 of IS 17515 - Part 3 frequency drives, load and motion sensors for better
efficiency and Energy efficient lighting features and soft
start capabilities, Regenerative Drives shall be provided
to recycle energy. All signal/ signages used for these
equipment’s shall be of LED fixtures.
Note: If there are multiple lifts in a building with

different classification as per table above, then the one
with lowest class shall be taken for rating computation.
The escalators shall be energy classification ‘A+

efficiency’ for ECSBC buildings, energy classification
‘A++ efficiency’ for ECSBC plus buildings and energy
classification ‘A+++ efficiency’ for ECSBC super

Reuse of reclaimed water in Hospital and Outpatient
9 Water Management and Controls Health care is not recommended due to associated
health hazards.
9.1 General
The basic objective of this chapter is to ensure the 9.2.2 Water Quality
sustainable management of water and its availability. The building under consideration shall comply with
The emphasis is on reducing the usage of water the mandatory and prescriptive criteria for sources of
through use of water efficient products and water and its treatment.
techniques and encourage the reuse and recycling of a) Sources of water shall be as per defined in section
the treated wastewater. As the water footprint gets 9.2.1
reduced so will the energy as most of the energy b) Potable water quality shall comply with the
required is spent on transporting, treating and requirements of IS 10500:2012, Drinking Water –
heating of water. Specification, Tables 1 to 4.
Documentation demonstrating compliance must be c) Varied recycled applications of treated used water
submitted for verification as prescribed in Section 9.4. quality such as toilet flushing, vehicle exterior
washing, non-contact impoundments, landscape
irrigation shall comply with the requirements of
buildings shall conform to section 9.2. All ECSBC Plus
CPHEEO manual on Sewerage and Sewage
and ECSBC Super compliant building shall confirm to
Treatment Systems: 2013, Chapter 7 (“Table 7.19:
section 9.3 in addition to section 9.2.
Recommended norms of treated sewage quality
9.2 Mandatory Requirements for specified activities at point of use (Modified)
Annex 1”) issued by Ministry of Housing and
9.2.1 Source of Water
Urban Affairs
The source of water shall be reliable and must have
Exception to section 9.2.2-(c) :
the potential to cater for the water supply during the
lifetime of the building entire life of the building. The Not mandatory if the wastewater generation is less
different sources of water are: than 10 kL/day.
a) Municipal / Public utility supplying potable water: 9.2.3 Water Treatment
One of the primary sources of fresh water supply. All types of water treatment systems shall comply
b) Bore-well / Open-well: Installation of bore- with the mandatory provisions of section 9.2.3 for the
well/open well shall be with due approval from respective ECSBC levels .
concerned regulatory authorities, in absence of 1. Representative samples of water from all sources
adequate municipal supply and shall be shall be drawn, for laboratory testing of water
supported by documentary evidence. quality as prescribed in IS 1622 (1981, reaffirmed
c) Reclaimed used water from sewage treatment 2019) and BIS 3025(part 1 to part 79). Samples
plants for non-potable usages. shall be taken before installation of water
d) Harvested rainwater to be used for non- potable treatment plant to establish design basis as well
use after treatment. as every day based on operating period of water
treatment plant to ensure consistency in water
e) Desalination of high TDS water shall be allowed
quality.
after obtaining approval from concerned
2. Water Treatment shall be carried out as per
authorities and can be used for non -potable use.
guidelines by CPHEEO Manual on Water Supply
and Treatment systems (Drink from Tap), 2024,
to meet water quality for various applications as
specified in section 9.2.2-(b)
Exception to 9.2.1-(c)

3. Based on water test reports if TDS levels exceed 9.2.6 Metering
Water Management and Controls

quality given by IS 10500: 2012, Reverse Osmosis
1. Management of water resources in a system is a
(RO) treatment is required and the minimum
function of the measurement of quantity of water
recovery rate shall be 65%.
at source and its effective usage. Metering
9.2.4 Pumping System facilitates users to generate data and charts to
Water transfer pumps for domestic, wastewater and monitor water usage regularly and to fix leaks and
reclaimed water shall comply with following wastages so as to minimise water wastage.
requirements: 2. All measurement of flow of water shall be carried
out by using either positive displacement type
1. All pumps shall be Selected with flow-head
meters, velocity type meters, multi jet meters
characteristics between 70% to 110% of flow at
shall conform to IS-779. Electromagnetic meter,
BEP (Best efficiency point) of the curve.
Ultrasonic and IOT smart meters are also used.
2. All non-submersible pumps shall be coupled with
3. Water meters shall be installed on all types of
IE 3 and higher efficiency class motors.
water feed lines entering the building premises
3. All submersible pumps shall be coupled with IE 2
on the inflow side and on all outflow, lines
and above efficiency class motors.
supplying water to the building as per section
4. Pumpsshall have minimum overall efficiency as
9.2.15-4.
per Table 9.1.
Table 9.1 : Overall Efficiency of pump and motor
9.2.7 Controls
Requirements for ECSBC Building 1. All storage sumps/tanks shall be provided with
float switch level controller for pumping system.
Minimum Overall 2. Hydro-pneumatic systems, if used, shall be
Equipment
Efficiency (%) provided with pressure switch to maintain
consistent pressure both at suction and delivery
Domestic water pumps 60
manifolds.
Flushing water pumps 60 3. Auto change overs are recommended for all the
pumping systems when working and stand by
Surface water pumps 60
pumps are installed as per emergency and any
Wastewater pumps (Solids – exigencies.
45
10 to 20 mm size) 4. Mechanical Flow meters shall be provided on all
water supply lines supplying various types of
Sewage pumps (Solids – 40 to
45 water of varied water quality and quality of water
50 mm size)
depending on the applications.
Hot Water circulation pumps 45
9.2.8 Service Water Heating
9.2.5 Piping Systems Service Water Heating and equipment’s shall comply
Piping systems shall comply with following with following requirements:
mandatory requirements: ECSBC buildings shall have Centralised Hot Water
1. Piping systems shall comply with guidelines of Systems for Buildings, covered under this code in all
NBC 2016 (Part 9, Section 1: Water Supply) and climatic zones, shall have heat pump-based water
its subsequent revisions. heating meeting following requirements:
2. Hot water piping shall be provided with required 1. Air source heat pumps shall meet or exceed
insulation as per section 9.2.8, Table 9.2. minimum COP of 3.5.

2. Water Source Heat Pumps shall meet or exceed 4. Electric coil heaters shall comply with IS 4149:
minimum COP of 4.5 2021.
3. Ground Source Heat Pumps shall meet or exceed 5. For evacuated tube collector, the storage tanks
minimum COP of 3.0 shall comply with IS 16542, tubes shall comply
Exception to 9.2.8: with IS 16543 and IS 16544 for the complete
system.
1. Hospitality and Healthcare in all climatic zones
shall have solar water heating equipment 9.2.11 Return Re-circulation Line
installed to provide at least 40% of the total hot In case of centralised system, a return Line from
water design requirement, balance 60% the end of Supply line, shall be installed to avoid
requirement shall be met with High Energy Water Loss, with an Automated Pumping System
Efficient System. with temperature & timer Controls.
2. Systems that use heat recovery (Condenser 9.2.12 Piping Insulation for Supply & Return
recovery from Chillers) to provide the hot water
Lines
capacity required as per the building type and size.
1. Piping for heating, space conditioning, and
3. Buildings that install Solar PV cells of capacity 5%
service hot water systems shall meet the
of Total Contractual Power Demand or 200 W/Sqm insulation requirements listed in Table 9.2.
whichever is less. Insulation exposed to weather shall be protected
9.2.9 Other Water Heating System: by aluminium foil. Cellular foam insulation shall
be protected as above or be painted with water
Supplementary heating system shall be designed to resistant paint.
maximize the energy efficiency of the system and shall 2. Hot Water Tank Temperature to be maintained
incorporate the following design features in cascade: as per NBC 2016, Part 9, Clause 4.14.2.2 and its
1. Maximum heat recovery from hot discharge subsequent revisions.
system like condensers of air conditioning units.
Exceptions to 9.2.12:
2. Use of gas fired heaters wherever gas is available,
and Reduction in insulation R value by 0.2 (compared
3. Electric coil heaters to values in Table 9.2 to a minimum insulation level
of R-0.4 shall be permitted for any pipe located in
9.2.10 Heating Equipment Efficiency partition within a conditioned space or laid
Service water heating equipment shall comply or underground. Insulation R value shall be
exceed the performance and minimum efficiency increased by 0.2 over and above the requirement
requirements presented in relevant Indian Standards: in Table 9.2 for any pipe located in a partition
1. Solar water heater shall comply with the outside a building with direct exposure to
performance/ minimum efficiency level as weather.
mentioned in IS 13129 Part (1&2) IS 16368. Table 9.2: Insulation Requirements for Pipes in ECSBC
Building Insulation R Value (m2.K/W)
2. Gas Instantaneous water heaters shall comply
with the performance/minimum efficiency level Operating Pipe Size Pipe Size
as mentioned in IS 15558 with above 80% Fuel Temperature <40mm ≥40mm
utilization efficiency.
>60 Deg. C and ≤94
3. Electric water heater shall comply with the 0.7 0.7
performance/ minimum efficiency level as Deg. C
mentioned in IS 2082 and shall be BEE star
>40 Deg. C and ≤60
labelled. 0.4 0.7
Deg. C

a) Control for High / Low pressure Cut Off

for Refrigerant Gas.
Exception to Table 9.2:
b) Control for Temperature Cut Off & Re
In case for Insulation if ‘R’ values as per Table 9.2 is Start – With provision of differential
not used the exception will be to use insulation temperature setting.
material which will improve the performance by
c) Control for Chilled / Cooling Water
85%.
Temperature Cut Off (In case of Water
9.2.13 Water Heating Controls and Safety Source Heat Pumps)
1. Gas Heaters: It is important to have an exhaust 3. Solar Systems: In an active solar water heating
system properly installed to take out CO (Carbon system, control systems are used to switch on a
Monoxide) which gets generated due to Gas circulation pump whenever energy gain is
burning and thermostat to control the water possible through solar collectors. Otherwise, it
temperature. automatically switches off the pump. A
differential thermostat is recommended as it
2. Heat Pumps: Controls shall be provided for the
optimizes the energy gain for the system. Use of
Heat Pump as follows:
Thermostatic Mixing Valves to avoid High
Temperature water going out from Solar Panels.
Table 9.3: Energy Consumption Calculation for Various Hot Water System
Consumptio Consumption per Consumption per litre /

Type of Hot Water System n litre Year
kW kW/ litre kW/litre/ year (365 Days)
Electrical water heater 654 0.065 23.87
Diesel / Gas boilers (90% efficiency) 581 0.06 21.22
Solar water heating with electrical backup (90

654 0.065 5.89
non solar days)
Air source heat pumps (with minimum 3.5

149.5 0.015 5.46
COP)
Water source heat pump (with minimum COP

104.65 0.01 3.82
5.0)
Air source heat pumps with Solar -hybrid

149.5 0.015 1.35
system (90 non solar days)
Water source heat pumps with Solar -hybrid

104.65 0.01 0.94
system (90 non solar days)
9.2.14 Swimming Pool Heating heated to more than 32°C shall have a pool cover with
a minimum insulation value of R-4.1.
All heated pools shall be provided with a vapour
retardant pool cover on the water surface. Pools Refer Table 9.3 for Energy consumption calculations.
For various Hot water systems.

9.2.15 Water Balance documented evidence from the Meteorological
department.
The purpose of Water Balance is to give information
on the total water inflow and outflow within the 9.2.16 Water Efficiency
property or facility through a pictorial diagram. It is a 1. The fixtures and sanitary ware should follow 1
tool which aids in conserving the water, controlling star rating as per Table 1and Table 4, IS 17650
wastage and predict water shortfall. Part 1 and Part 2 ( Table & Table for ready
The water balance shall be made for both ‘Dry Season’ reference).
and ‘Wet Season’ conditions. 2. Treated recycled sewage will be used for, flushing,
(Dry season can be considered as period of low landscaping, cooling tower make-up.
rainfall. This can be taken as 4 months from June to 3. Rainwater harvesting to be done in the form of
September. Wet season can be considered as period of rain water storage/recharge pits.
prolonged rainfall. This can be taken as 8 months from 4. Analogy type water meters for supply line,
October to May.) flushing, landscaping, cooling tower make-up,
inflow to and outflow from the STP and harvested
The buildings shall conform to the following:
rainwater.
1. The population of the building shall be calculated Table 9.4: Water Efficiency Rating Criteria for
as per Clause 4.1.b Section-1 Part 9 in NBC 2016 Sanitaryware for ECSBC Compliant Building
and as per any subsequent version released. For
building typologies which are not covered in NBC , Water Consumption
Unit ECSBC
the actual occupancy for which the building is Unit
designed by architect or equivalent competent
Water lpf full flush ≤6.0
authority along with the design basis for the
closet lpf reduced flush ≤3.0
derived population estimates shall be submitted.
2. Minimum water requirements for buildings and Urinal Lpf ≤3.0
facilities shall be as given in the Table-1 of Clause
4.1.2 of NBC 2016: Part 9, Section-1: Water supply Table 9.5: Water Efficiency Rating Criteria for Sanitary
and as per any subsequent version released Fitting for ECSBC Compliant Building
3. The total water supply fixture units for different
Unit Unit ECSBC
fixtures shall be as given in the Table 2 of Clause
4.7.3.1 of NBC 2016 Part 9, Section-1: Water Washbasin
Litres/use ≤1.0
Supply. Based on these fixture units the Probable Metered Faucet
Simultaneous Demand is calculated as per Table 3
Urinal Metered
Clause 4.7.3.2 of NBC 2016 Part 9 Section-1: lpf ≤3.0
Faucet
Water Supply and as per any subsequent version
released Washbasin tap Lpm ≤8.0
4. Water Efficiency: The fixtures and sanitaryware Sink Faucet Lpm ≤8.0
shall follow the Star rating as per Table 1 and
Table 4, IS 17650 Part 1 and Part 2. Overhead Shower Lpm ≤10.0
Exception to 9.2.15: Handheld Shower Lpm ≤8.0
In areas where the rainfall pattern is spread over a Handheld

Lpm ≤6.0
wider prolonged period, the period of dry season Ablution Spray
and wet season can be as per the actual seasonal
rainfall recorded. This will be supported by

9.2.17 Waste Water Treatment and tower make-up water (if water cooled chillers are

Reclamation installed).
4. STP and pump room installed in basement shall
One of the approaches for raw water reduction in be provided with adequate ventilation as per
building premises is to recycle the water by installing National Building Code 2016 (Part 8: Building
on-site Wastewater Treatment Plant. Treated water Services, Section 11, Clause 11.3, Table 11) and as
can be reused for applications such as flushing, per any subsequent version released
landscaping, water bodies, cooling tower make-up,
cleaning, etc. 9.2.18 Rain Water Harvesting and Reuse
Wastewater Treatment is a process of removing Rainwater harvesting is the direct collection and
contaminants from wastewater. Its objective is too storage of rainwater, rather than allowing it to run off.
Tertiary and/or Polishing treatment such as dual Rainwater is collected from building roof top and
media filter, activated carbon filter, disinfection paved surfaces redirected to a tank, recharge to
system shall be provided so that the treated water shallow aquifer, or a reservoir with percolation, so
characteristics as per Pollution Control Board (PCB) that it infiltrates into the ground.
norms are achieved. Rainwater harvesting shall comply with following
Further enhanced treated water quality shall be reqiurments:
achieved with advanced treatments like Softener, For ECSBC compliant Buildings, Rainwater
Membrane filtration system to achieve required harvesting shall comply with rainwater
quality for reuse. harvesting and water conservation manual 2019
The buildings shall conform to the following: by CPWD, CPHEEO manual and local bye laws,
whichever is stringent shall be followed.
1. Wastewater treatment plant of capacity capable
of treating 100% wastewater shall be installed 9.3 Additional Mandatory
with the requirements as specified in the CPHEEO requirements
Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment
System, National Building Code 2016 (Part 9: 9.3.1 Water Quality
Plumbing Services, Section 2: Drainage and a) ECSBC Plus Building Requirements:
Sanitation, Subsection 4.13: Sewage Treatment
1. Harvested rainwater: Roof top rainwater to be
Systems) and shall meet treated waste water
collected. in storage tank of at least one day
quality as specified under Environmental
capacity or as per local byelaws whichever is
(Protection) Rules, 1989 and amendments
stringent. This water shall be used after
thereof.
appropriate treatment for potable applications.
2. IoT based flowmeter shall be provided each at the
2. Reclaimed used water from sewage treatment
inlet and outlet of the sewage treatment plant. IoT
plants after adequate treatment can be used for
based online water quality monitoring system
domestic usages other than potable/drinking and
covering the basic parameters like pH, TSS, BOD,
culinary.
COD and TDS shall be provided at the outlet of the
3. Condensate water from HVAC systems shall be
sewage treatment plant.
used for various applications like domestic use
3. Sewage treatment plant shall meet treated
(wash basins, shower & Pantry) flushing,
wastewater quality for reuse in various
landscaping, car wash, floor wash & swimming
applications as specified in CPHEEO Manual on
pool make-up water
Sewerage and Sewage treatment systems: 2013,
Chapter 7, Table 7.19. Reuse treated sewage shall
be used for landscaping, flushing, and cooling

4. Segregation and separate treatment to be offered Table 9.6: Pump Overall Efficiency Requirements for ECSBC
for grey and black water for achieving the desired Plus Building
water quality for varied reuse applications.
Minimum Overall
Equipment
b) Super ECSBC Building Requirements: Efficiency (%)
Grey water to be segregated and treated Domestic water pumps 65

separately and reused for potable drinking Flushing water pumps 65
purposes.
Surface water pumps 65
9.3.2 Water Treatment Wastewater pumps (Solids –
50
a) ECSBC Plus Building Requirement: 10 to 20 mm size)
50
1. ECSBC+ Buildings based water quality 50 mm size)
monitoring system covering basic parameters like Hot Water circulation pumps 50
flow, pH, TSS, and TDS shall be provided. These
parameters shall be monitored after treatment. b) Super ECSBC Building Requirement:
2. Based on water test reports if TDS levels exceed All pumps shall be conformed to section 9.3.3.-(b).
quality given by IS 10500: 2012 and Reverse 1. All non-submersible pumps shall be coupled with
Osmosis if is required, minimum rate of recovery minimum IE 4 efficiency class motors or higher.
shall be 75%. 2. Pumps for other applications shall have minimum
b) Super ECSBC Building Requirement: combined efficiency as per Table 9.7.
Table 9.7: Pump Efficiency Requirements for ECSBC Super
1. Based on water test reports, if TDS levels exceed
Building
quality given by IS 10500: 2012 and Reverse
Osmosis treatment is required, minimum rate of Equipment
Minimum Overall
recovery shall be 85% which can be achieved by Efficiency (%)
Domestic water pumps 70
multiple stage treatment. Flushing water pumps 70
2. Reject water from RO filtration plants to be Surface water pumps 70
treated to reduce TDS level to 2100mg/l, as per Wastewater pumps (Solids –
55
Guidelines for Utilisation of Treated effluent in 10 to 20 mm size)
irrigation by CPCB. The treated effluent shall meet 55
50 mm size)
the norms prescribed for irrigation under Hot Water circulation pumps 50
Environment Protection Rules, 1986.
9.3.4 Controls
3. R. O. reject water shall be reused after treatment
or disposed of by authorized agencies where the a) ECSBC Plus Building Requirement:
Total Dissolved solids (TDS) content is more than 1. All storage sumps/tanks shall be provided with
2100 mg/l. solenoid-based level controller with auto ON /
9.3.3 Pumping System OFF for pumping system to avoid overflow and
wastages.
a) ECSBC Plus Building Requirement:
2. Hydro-pneumatic systems, if used, shall be
All pumps shall comply with mandatory
provided with pressure transmitters to maintain
requirements defined in section 9.3.3-(a)
consistent pressure both at suction and delivery
1. All non-submersible pumps shall be coupled with
manifolds to make sure dry running shall be
minimum IE 3 and above efficiency class motors.
avoided at suction side, to maintain and monitor
2. Pumps for other applications shall have minimum
the pressures on delivery side.
overall efficiency as per Table 9.6.

3. IoT based flow meters shall be provided on all Tabel 9.9: Insulation Requirements for Pipes in ECSBC Super

water supply lines. Building – Insulation R Value (m2.K/W)
4. All pumping systems shall be controlled through Pipe Size

Pipe Size
PLC based system connected to BMS and data Operating Temperature ≤
≥40mm,mm
40mm,mm
should be transmitted for remote management.
>60 Deg. C and ≤ 94 Deg.
1.0 1.3
b) ECSBC Super Building Requirement: C
>40 Deg. C and ≤ 60 Deg.
1. All storage sumps/tanks shall be provided with 0.7 1.1
C
Infra-Red level indicator, controller with auto ON Exception to Table 9.9:
/ OFF and alarm for pumping system.
2. All pumping systems shall be controlled through In case for Insulation if ‘R’ values as per Table 9.9 is
PLC based system connected to BMS and data not used, the exception will be to use insulation
shall be transmitted for remote management. material which will improve the performance by
92%.
9.3.5 Service Water Heating
9.3.6 Water Heating Controls and Safety
Hospitality and Healthcare in all climatic zones
shall have solar water heating equipment Heat pumps shall have PLC Based system panel, to
installed to provide at least 60% of the total hot give data to Central BMS of the building.
water design requirement and balance 40% to be b) Super ECSBC Building Requirements:
augmented by any other Hot Water generating Heat pumps shall have IOT based system, to have
systems. online data available to various concerned parties.
Exception to 9.3.5. (a):
9.3.7 Water Efficiency
Buildings that install Solar PV cells of capacity 7.5%
of Total Contractual Power Demand or 300 W/
m2 whichever is less. 1. The fixtures and sanitary ware shall follow 2-star
Tabel 9.8: : Insulation Requirements for Pipes in ECSBC Plus
rating as per Table 1 and Table 4, IS 17650 Part 1
Building – Insulation R Value (m2.K/W) and Part 2 ( Table & Table for ready reference).
2. Reuse/Recycle of condensate water produced
Operating Pipe Size Pipe Size from air conditioning system.
Temperature ≤40mm,mm ≥40mm,mm
>60 Deg. C and ≤94
3. Rainwater harvesting water to be utilized for
0.8 0.8 domestic (wash basins, shower, pantry), car wash,
Deg. C
>40 Deg. C and ≤60
0.5 0.9
floor wash and swimming pool makeup water.
Deg. C
Table 9.10: Water Efficiency Rating Criteria for
b) Table 9.8 ,Super ECSBC Building Requirement: Sanitaryware for ECSBC Plus Compliant Building
Hospitality and Healthcare in all climatic zones Water ECSBC
Sl. No Unit
shall have solar water heating equipment Consumption Unit +
installed to provide 100% of the total hot water Water lpf full flush ≤4.8
1
design requirement.
2 Urinal Lpf ≤2.0
Exception to section 9.3.5. (b): Table 9.11: Water Efficiency Rating Criteria for Sanitary
Buildings that install Solar PV cells of capacity 10% of Fitting for ECSBC Plus Compliant Building
Total Contractual Power Demand or 400 W/ Sq. M
ECSBC
whichever is less. Sl. No. Unit Unit
+

1
Washbasin Metered
Litres/use ≤0.8
culinary along with HVAC cooling tower make –
Faucet up (If water cooled chillers are installed)
Urinal Metered
2
Faucet
lpf ≤2.0 3. Treated Black water shall be reused for flushing
3 Washbasin tap Lpm ≤6.0 and landscape irrigation. In case of deficit, treated
4 Sink Faucet Lpm ≤6.0 grey water shall be used to augment the demand.
5 Overhead Shower Lpm ≤8.0
6 Handheld Shower Lpm ≤6.0 b) ECSBC Super Building Requirement:
Handheld Ablution 1. All ECSBC + prescriptive requirement to be
7 Lpm ≤5.0
Spray
followed as mandatory requirement.
b) ECSBC Super Building Requirement: 2. Grey water shall be treated to comply with IS
1. The fixtures and sanitary ware shall follow 3-star 10500: 2012 drinking water standards and
rating as per Table 1and Table 4, IS 17650 Part 1 reused for non-potable purposes and HVAC
and Part 2 (Table & Table for ready reference). cooling tower make-up if water cooled chillers are
2. The treated recycled sewage will be used for installed.
domestic, drinking and swimming pool 9.3.9 Rainwater Harvesting and Reuse
3. Sea water to be used for domestic consumption by
means of desalination plant, if no other
alternative source is available. 1. Entire roof top water storage shall be harvested
Table 9.12: Water Efficiency Rating Criteria for with appropriate treatment and reuse for potable
Sanitaryware for ECSBC Super Compliant Building applications.
2. Recharge percolation pits as per soil suitability to
Water Consumption Super
Sl. No Unit be adopted.
Unit ECSBC
1
Water lpf full flush ≤4.0 b) ECSBC Super Building Requirement:
2 Urinal Lpf ≤1.0 1. Compliance shall be demonstrated with full
utilization of annual potential of harvested
Table 9.13: Water Efficiency Rating Criteria for Sanitary rainwater such that there is zero dependency of
Fitting for ECSBC Super Compliant Building fresh water.
Super
2. The total amount of water that is received in the
Sl. Unit Unit form of rainfall over an area is called the
ECSBC
1
Washbasin Metered
Litres/use ≤0.6
rainwater endowment of that area. The rainwater
Faucet that can be effectively harvested out of this
2 Urinal Metered Faucet lpf ≤1.0
amount is called the “Rainwater Harvesting
3 Washbasin tap Lpm ≤3.0
4 Sink Faucet Lpm ≤4.5 Potential”.
5 Overhead Shower Lpm ≤6.8
6 Handheld Shower Lpm ≤4.0
9.4 Compliance Documents
7
Handheld Ablution
Lpm ≤4.0 requirement
Spray
1. Documentation for source of water being used for
9.3.8 Waste Water Treatment and stable supply of water to building or all purposes.
Reclamation 2. Design and approval documents for rainwater
a) ECSBC Plus Building Requirement: harvesting systems.
3. Approval for desalination systems for high TDS
1. Separate Grey water and Black water treatment
water, if applicable.
shall be provided.
4. Laboratory test reports confirming potable water
2. Adequately treated grey water shall be reused for
meets IS 10500:2012 standards.
all potable purposes excluding drinking and

5. Test reports for treated sewage quality, 24. Population calculation as per NBC 2016, and

conforming to CPHEEO Manual 2013 standards water usage estimates for fixtures.
(if applicable). 25. Water efficiency compliance documentation,
6. Quantity of wastewater generation (calculation). including star ratings for fixtures
7. Laboratory water quality test reports from all 26. Fixture and sanitary ware documentation
applicable water sources. showing compliance with IS 17650 standards.
8. Design and operational documentation for water 27. Design documents for rainwater harvesting
treatment systems, including Reverse Osmosis systems and analogy-type water meters.
(RO) treatment (if required). 28. Design and installation documents for
9. Manufacturer’s specifications for pumps, showing wastewater treatment plants.
flow-head characteristics. 29. Test reports showing treated water meets PCB
10. Documentation proving compliance with norms.
efficiency standards (IE 2/IE 3 motors). 30. IoT-based flowmeter and water quality
11. Calculations and data demonstrating that pumps monitoring system installation documentation.
meet the minimum overall efficiency 31. Design documents showing compliance with
requirements. CPWD, CPHEEO, and local bye-laws for rainwater
12. Design documentation showing piping systems harvesting.
comply with NBC 2016 guidelines. 32. Installation and operational documentation for
13. Installation plans and specifications for all water storage tanks or recharge pits.
meters (inflow and outflow).
14. Compliance certification for water meters
(conforming to IS-779, Electromagnetic,
Ultrasonic, or IOT smart meters).
15. Design and installation details for float switch
level controllers in storage tanks.
16. Documentation of auto-changeover mechanisms
for pumping systems and Pressure switch
specifications for hydro-pneumatic systems.
17. Heat pump specifications, showing compliance
with COP requirements.
18. Solar water heating system, gas-fired heaters and
evacuated tube collector’s installation documents,
if applicable/BOQ/Purchase.
19. Automation system specifications for
temperature and timer controls.
20. Insulation materials specifications and
compliance with required R-values.
21. Installation and control documentation for gas
heaters, heat pumps, and solar systems.
22. Safety systems documentation, such as exhaust
systems for CO emissions and thermostatic
controls.
23. Detailed water balance diagram showing inflow
and outflow for dry and wet seasons.

The waste generated post-construction shall be
10. Waste Management
classified but not limited to the following
10.1 General Requirement categories:
The chapter provides requirements to minimize the a. Dry waste: Including but not limited to, plastic
Waste management
waste generated both during the construction phase items (plastic bottles, containers, packaging,
and post-occupancy to divert any waste from reaching stationary items, etc.), paper items
the landfills. The chapter consists of two parts – (newspapers, magazines, cardboard,
Construction Waste Management and Municipal Waste packaging, etc.), metal items (aluminum cans,
Management. used aluminum foil paper/tray, steel
containers, old metal utensils, pots, metal
Documentation demonstrating compliance must be
gardening accessories, etc.), glass items (glass
submitted for verification as prescribed in Section 10.4.
bottles, jars, utensils, etc.), Electronics items
All ECSBC, ECSBC Plus, Super ECSBC compliant (wires, computer accessories, fluorescents,
buildings shall conform to section 10.2. All ECSBC Plus lamps, other electronics, and electrical
and ECSBC Super compliant building shall confirm to devices/appliances).
section 10.3 in addition to section 10.2. b. Wet waste: Including but not limited to,
10.1.1 Classification of waste vegetable peels, used tea, fruits, food leftovers,
horticulture waste, etc. These are
biodegradable organic waste that can also be
1. Classification of construction waste
composted.
The waste generated during construction shall be
c. Sanitary waste: Including but not limited to,
classified but not limited to the following
used diapers, sanitary pads, sweat pads,
categories:
tampons, condoms, wipes, masks/ gloves, toilet
a. Non-Hazardous waste: Including but not
paper, bandages, swabs, and other personal
limited to Excavated earth excluding 150-200
hygiene products etc.
mm (6-8 inches) of the topsoil, Land clearing
d. Hazardous waste: Including but not limited to,
debris, Metals (Reinforcement bars, Metal
expired medicines, used syringes/needles,
beams/girders, Window/Door frames, nuts
chemical containers, broken glass, batteries,
and bolts, wires, etc.), Cement and Concrete,
etc.
Masonry materials (Bricks, AAC blocks, stone,
any other masonry, etc.), Flooring, Ceiling,
buildings shall conform to section 10.2. All ECSBC
Roofing materials, Insulation materials,
Cladding materials (Tiles, stones, gypsum, etc.), Plus and ECSBC Super compliant building shall
Glass, Wood, etc. confirm to section 10.3 in addition to section 10.2.
b. Packaging waste: Including but not limited to 10.2 Additional Mandatory
cement bags, Wooden crates and pallets,
Requirements
Cardboard boxes, Plastic wrapping and shrink
wrap, Foam and bubble wrap, Strapping bands 10.2.1 Construction Waste Management
and steel wires, PE film or plastic sheeting, a) Segregation and Storage of Waste
Plastic or metal drums/buckets/containers,
Designated areas shall be provided within the
Corrugated plastic sheets, specialized
site/adjacent site for collection, segregation, and
packaging etc.
storage of segregated waste as per the
c. Construction Hazardous waste: Including but
classification of waste mentioned in section 10.2of
not limited to lead, tars, adhesives, sealants,
this code.
broken glass.
Note: No construction and demolition waste shall be
littered or deposited to prevent obstruction to the
2. Classification of post-occupancy waste:

traffic or the public or drains. (C&D Waste centralized storage area in the premises until its
Management Rules, 2016) transportation to respective recyclers.
2. Dry, sanitary, and hazardous waste shall be
b) Minimization of Non-Hazardous Waste
transported to/ collected by authorised
Waste management
At least 50% (by either weight or volume) of non- recyclers/ Municipal Corporation.
hazardous waste generated, shall have to be
reused/repurposed/recycled/salvaged. (b) Organic Waste Treatment
Note: Some types of construction waste can be 1. Projects having built up area ≥5000 sq.m, an onsite
reused/repurposed on-site as fill material for designated area shall be provided to compost
levelling uneven terrain, filling excavated areas, or (manually or mechanically) at least 50% of
creating embankments, as a base or subbase projected organic waste (kitchen & horticulture)
material for road construction, for erosion control generated on post-occupancy. The waste
measures, constructing retaining walls, as bedding generation shall be calculated using the formula as
and backfill material for utility pipelines, etc. given in section 10.4 of this code.
2. Projects having built up area <5000 sq.m, the
c) Recycling of Packaging Waste
project authority may hand over the segregated
100% of the packaging recyclable waste, shall be organic waste to the concerned local body if the
handed over to manufacturers/ authorized municipality has a garbage pick-up mechanism in
recyclers or municipal entities for appropriate place. If such an arrangement is inadequate or
management and disposal. unavailable, the project authority shall engage a
d) Divert Construction Waste from Landfill professional waste management organisation to
pick up the segregated organic waste, where there
Ensure that all (100%) the construction waste (by
is no alternate arrangement for disposal of
either weight or volume) generated during the
biodegradable waste, Organic waste
construction process is either reused /
composter/Vermiculture pit with a minimum
repurposed/ salvaged on-site, diverted to recycling
capacity of 1.0 kg/150 sqm. of built-up area/day
facilities, or safely handed over to municipalities.
shall be installed & operated.
Diversion efforts shall be tracked throughout the
construction process. For sample calculation refer 10.3 Additional Mandatory
to section number section 10.4 of this code. Requirements
10.2.2 Post Construction Waste 10.3.1 Construction Waste Management
Management
Non-hazardous construction waste generated shall
a) Waste Collection Segregation and Storage have to be reused/repurposed /recycled/salvaged, to
A designated centralized waste collection area in comply with the requirements below:
each building shall be provided with at least four a) Requirements for ECSBC Plus Compliance
colour-coded waste bins from the categories (Dry
75%of non-hazardous waste generated is reused
Waste, Organic Waste, Sanitary Waste, Hazardous
/repurposed /recycled /salvaged.
Waste, E-waste). For calculation of waste
generation quantity and area required for storage, b) Requirements for Super ECSBC Compliance
refer to section 10.4 of this code. 95% of non-hazardous waste generated is reused
Note: /repurposed /recycled /salvaged.
1. A daily waste collection schedule should be
developed to collect the segregated waste from
each building and store at a designated

10.3.2 Post Construction Waste Organic waste generation = Total waste generation x
40%
Management
A designated area on the project site shall be provided Organic Waste Generation = 240 kg/day
Waste management
to compost (manually or mechanically) to comply. The Inorganic waste generation = Total waste generation x
calculation shall be done to calculate the designated Inorganic waste percentage
area as per section 10.4.
Inorganic waste generation = 360 kg/day
a) Requirements for ECSBC Plus Compliance
75% of organic waste generated post-occupancy is 10.4.2 Calculation Of Area Requirement for
composted on-site. Storing Organic Waste
b) Requirements for ECSBC Super Compliance The volume required to store 1 kg of organic waste
depends on the density of the waste and how
95% of organic waste generated post-occupancy is compacted it is. Organic waste's density can vary based
composted on-site. on its composition, moisture content, and packing
10.4 Calculations and Formula method.
10.4.1 Example for Post Occupancy Waste Let's consider an example where the organic waste has
Generation a density of 0.5 kg/L. Remember that this is an
approximate value, as organic waste density typically
An office building having plinth area 30000 sq.m, with ranges from 0.2 kg/L to 0.8 kg/L, depending on the
an occupancy of 10 persons per 100 sqm. The specific waste composition.
recommended range of waste generation is between
0.1 to 0.2 kilograms per capita per day, comprises 40% To calculate the volume required:
organic waste and 60% inorganic waste.
Volume = Mass / Density
Calculation for estimation of waste generation:
Volume = 1 kg / 0.5 kg/L = 2 L
Step 1: Calculate the total number of occupants in the
office building: As a rule of thumb, 1000 litres require 1 cubic meter of
volume
𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑜𝑛
𝑃𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑡ℎ 𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑎 (𝑠𝑞𝑚) ∗ 𝑠𝑞𝑚
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑜𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑝𝑎𝑛𝑡𝑠 = 100 Then 2 L waste required = 0.002 m³
100
Total number of occupants = 3000 Nos. (For a thumb rule, it is calculated that 1 kg waste
required 0.002 m3)
Step 2: Calculate the total waste generation per day
Considering the upper range of the NBC guidelines: So, if the organic waste has a density of 0.5 kg/L, you
would need approximately 2 liters of volume to store 1
Total waste generation = Total number of occupants x kg of organic waste.
waste generation per capita
10.4.3 Organic Waste Calculation (Vermi
Total waste generation = 600 kg/day
Composting Method)
Step 3: Calculate the organic and inorganic waste
generation:
Table 10.1 : Organic waste calculation
Quantity of waste per day (Kg) 240 From section 4.5.1.

Volume required to store 1 Kg 0.002
Retention time: days 60
Worm density: 0.5 kg/m²
Vermi bed depth(m): 0.6 (Should not be more than 600mm for better

efficiency)
(Should not be more than 1500mm for easy
Vermi bed width (m): 1.5
turning and rotation)
Calculation:
Calculate the total waste produced during the retention time:
Waste management
Total waste generated in 60 days = Daily waste generation x Retention time
Total waste Kg 14400
Calculate the volume of vermi beds required to handle this waste:
Total vermi bed volume required = Total waste / Storage density
Volume: m3 28.8
Calculate the total area of vermi beds required:
Vermi bed area = Vermi bed volume / Vermi bed depth 48.0
Length of vermi beds = Vermi bed area / Vermi bed width= 32.0
Hence, size of required pit/bed per cycle: 0.6m X 1.5m X 32m
Number of beds 2
Total area required for per day organic waste (m²) 96
Area (Sq.m) Required for Mandatory section 4.3.3 50% 48
Area (Sq.m) Required for Mandatory section 4.4.2 - a 75% 72
Area (Sq.m) Required for Mandatory section 4.4.2 - b 95% 91.2
Area provided on site for organic composting 93
Meeting the requirement 100%
10.4.4 Example for Construction Waste

Diversion Estimation
Table 10.2 : Construction Waste Diversion Estimation
Diverted
% Of
Classification Quantity Density(k Volume from Method of
Type of waste total
of waste (Kg) g/m3) (m3) landfills Diversion
waste1
(Kg)
As per CPCB 2016, new construction generates approx. 40-60 kg per sqm of built-up area
Total Construction waste Quantity 257621.5 (Considering 50 kg waste per sq.m of built-up area)
Reused/
Soil, Sand and Gravel 66981.6 26% 1600 41.86 66981.6 repurposed
on site
Reused/
Brick & Masonry 82438.9 32% 1900 43.39 82438.9 repurposed
on site
Non-
Reused/
Hazardous
Concrete 72134.0 28% 1200 60.11 72134.0 repurposed
on site
Sold to
Metals 15457.3 6% 7850 2.0 15457.3
recycler
Sold to
Wood 7728.6 3% 400 19.3 7728.6
recycler
Sold to
Packaging Others 7728.6 3% 7728.6
recycler
Handover To
Hazardous Bitumen 5152.4 2% 1040 5.0 5152.4 municipal
authority

Table 10.3 Construction waste calculation as per ECSBC Provisions
% Of
Classification of waste as per ECSBC Provisions Quantity (Kg)
diversion
Non-Hazardous 244740.425
Waste management
Sent to recycling units 23185.9
Reused/ repurposed on site 221554.5
Hazardous 5152.43
To municipalities 5152.4
Packaging 7728.645
Sent to recycling units 7728.6
Minimization of Non-Hazardous waste (reused on site, to recycling units) 244740.4 100%
Recycling of packaging waste 7728.6 100%
Total waste diverted from landfills (Kg) 257621.5 100%
10.4 Compliance documents

requirement
1. Declaration for safe handling and disposing
C&D waste as per CPCB guidelines/ (C & D
Waste Management Rules, 2016).
2. An inventory of the waste generated during
construction by either weight or volume, but
not both shall be developed. The inventory
shall classify the quantities of waste
generated .
3. A waste management plan shall be developed
which include:
a) Estimate the quantum of waste
generated daily
b) Designate an area for collection of
daily waste
c) Site Logistics plan including;
designated collection, segregation
and storage areas for construction
waste
d) Detailed implementation plan for
reuse of waste on site.
4. Site and Building floor plans, highlighted area
for floor wise waste collection, with different
color bins, organic waste composting location,
type and catering capacity.

Table 11.1: Conditions for thermal comfort measurement
11. Indoor Environment Quality
Air Weather Level of Reference table orT
11.1 General Requirement velocity condition activity
Indoor Environment Quality

The building shall comply with the mandatory Up to Summer / Met value ≤ Table 11.2
0.2m/s winter 1.2
requirements for all four key Indoor Environmental
Quality (IEQ) parameters: Indoor Air Quality (IAQ), Table 11.2 Acceptable range of operative temperature with
Visual Comfort, Thermal Comfort, and Acoustics, as air velocity up to 0.2 m/s
outlined in clause 11.2. Documentation demonstrating Level of Operative Temperature
compliance must be submitted for verification as Activity (°C)
prescribed in Section 11.4. Summer Winter
All ECSBC, ECSBC Plus, Super ECSBC compliant (Cooling season) (Heating season)
buildings shall conform to section 11.2. All ECSBC Plus ~0.5 clo ~1.0 clo
and Super ECSBC compliant building shall confirm to 1.0 <Met 23.0 ± 3.0 19.0 ± 4.0
section 11.3 in addition to section 11.2. ≤ 1.2
11.2 Mandatory Requirements Met ≤1.0 24.5 ± 2.5 22.0 ± 3.0
11.2.1 Indoor air quality (IAQ)

(a) Method of calculating operative temperature
a) Source control for PM10 and PM2.5
The HVAC system of building shall use air filter
For air velocity up to 0.2 m/s the operative
conforming to IS/ISO 16890 Part 1 to Part 4
temperature shall be calculated as below:
b) Source control for CO2
Buildings shall be designed to operate their (𝑇𝑟 + (𝑇𝑎 x √10v))
ventilation systems according to design Operative temperature =
(1+√10v)
ventilation rates for perceived air quality, in Where,
accordance with Section 6.2.1 𝑇𝑎 = air temperature
𝑇𝑟 = mean radiant temperature (MRT)
11.2.2 Thermal Comfort
v = air speed (m/s)
In conditioned buildings, the values for quality of
It is also acceptable to approximate this relationship
thermal environment parameters for representative
for occupants engaged in near sedentary physical
occupant of a space shall be as specified in Table 11.1.
activity (with metabolic rates between 1.0 met and
Note: 1.3 met), not in direct sunlight, and not exposed to air
1. Conditions for special purpose buildings such as velocities greater than 0.20 m/s.
Operation theatres, clean rooms shall be governed Operative temperature = (𝑇𝑟 + 𝑇𝑎 ) / 2
by norms prescribed by appropriate authorities.
2. Clothing insulation is expressed in clo units. The clo
has the units as m2K/W, used to describe
insulation used in residential and commercial
construction, higher the value, the better the
insulation performance.
3. 1 clo = 0.155 K·m2·𝑊 −1 . One clo is the amount of
insulation that allows a person at rest to maintain
thermal equilibrium in an environment at 21°C in a
normally ventilated room (0.1 m/s air movement).

3. Submit a simulation report (input and output
file) to demonstrate that thermal comfort
conditions are met for the building.

11.2.3 Visual Comfort
There is following requirements shall me met:
(a) For all interior spaces, lighting quantity and
quality parameters shall conform to IS 3646 (Part
1) for illumination level, glare index according to
visual task and IS 10322 (Part 5/section 1 and 2).
(b) In addition, buildings shall meet the threshold
values of parameters of lighting comfort as given
below:
Figure 11.1: Required Air Speed to Offset Increased 1. Compliance shall be shown through lighting
Operative Temperature (in Celsius) simulation under no daylight conditions.
2. Illuminance level for all areas shall be as defined
Example: If in a given room, an occupant is involved
in Part 5, section 1 to 5 of NLC 2010 which
in the moderate level of activity, air speed in room is
describes the illumination level of interior
0.9 m/s and operative temperature is 27°C, then by
illumination of hospital, educational, industrial,
using above mentioned graph, Δt is 3.3°C. It makes
indoor public places and office lighting.
acceptable room air temperature of 27°C + 3.3°C.
3. Minimum uniformity of illuminance in task area
For the purpose of showing compliance, shall be 0.7 as per NLC 2010 Part 5.
representative sample locations shall be the locations 4. Minimum uniformity of illuminance at immediate
where most extreme values of the thermal surrounding areas shall be 0.5 as per NLC 2010
parameters are observed or likely to occur to occur Part 5.(Illuminance of the immediate surrounding
(e.g. potentially occupied areas near windows, areas shall be as per NLC 2010).
diffuser outlets, corners, and entry/exit).
(c) Minimum 90% percent of the workstations shall
Note:
meet the required illuminance at task plane for
When using the standardized compliance method ECSBC.
(SCM) to achieve the required thermal comfort
requirements as specified in Table 11.1 and Table 11.3 Additional Mandatory Requirements
11.2, the Mean Radiant Temperature (MRT) shall be
11.3.1 Indoor air quality (IAQ):
assumed to be equal to the air temperature.
a) Source control for CO2
When using the Integrative compliance method (ICM)
to achieve the required thermal comfort requirements In addition to ECSBC requirements, the ECSBC+
as specified in Table 11.1 and Table 11.2, operative compliant buildings shall install devices to measure
temperature shall be determined through simulation and control HVAC equipment to regulate and maintain
program and shall conform to the reporting the ventilation rate for non-residential building
requirements as below: excluding healthcare and industrial buildings as
defined in Chapter 6 – section 6.2.1.(C) of the code.
1. Climate data file used.
2. Report demonstrating compliance with the In addition to ECSBC requirements, in super ECSBC
thermal comfort criteria. compliant buildings, sensors shall be integrated with
the controls to consistently monitor and regulate

ventilation rates, maintaining comfort levels in non- Parameters Units Super ECSBC
residential buildings (excluding healthcare & Radiant °C Warm <7
industrial buildings), as outlined in Clause 6.2.1-(c)

Temperature Ceiling
(b) Source control of Volatile Organic Compounds Asymmetry Cool <13
(VOCs) and Aldehydes emissions Wall
All ECSBC Plus and Super ECSBC buildings, the Cool <18
construction materials like gypsum board, wood, paint, Ceiling
varnish, adhesives, furniture, carpet etc., shall be with Warm <35
low VOC emissions and shall comply to standards listed Wall
below: Vertical Air °C 4
1. The electronic equipment shall be tested as per Temperature
Difference
ISO/IEC 28360 -1 or ISO/IEC 28360-2:
Floor Surface °C 17 - 31
Information technology — Determination of
Temperature
chemical emission rates from electronic (Only for floor-based
equipment cooling/heating)
2. The building material shall be tested as per ISO
16000-9: Determination of the emission of 11.3.3 Visual Comfort
volatile organic compounds from building Minimum 90% percent of the workstations shall meet
products and Furnishing-Emission test chamber the required illuminance at task plane for ECSBC Plus
method. buildings, and 100% for Super ECSBC buildings.
3. Building Materials, Finishes and Furnishings.
4. Emissions for Electronic Equipment. 11.3.4 Acoustics comfort
5. ANSI/BIFMA X7.1-2011(R2021) Standard for The controlling of noise in and around buildings is
Formaldehyde and TVOC essential. The new buildings and the refurbished
6. Emissions of Low-emitting office furniture and buildings shall demonstrate compliance as defined
seating below:
11.3.2 Thermal Comfort Isolation between Building elements depends upon
the following factors:
In addition to mandatory requirements of section
11.2.2, ECSBC + and super ECSBC building shell 1. Junction between the separating wall/floor
comply with following details: 2. Mass of flanking elements
3. Transmission through floor voids, loft spaces,
ECSBC+ and super ECSBC compliant buildings shall be service ducts, mullions and similar paths.
designed to have relative humidity control within the
The building material shall be selected based on
range of 30% to 70% in summer.
acoustic insulation properties of the material as
Super ECSBC buildings shall be designed to have specified in table 11.4. The standard laboratory
relative humidity control within the range of 30-70% measurements of airborne sound insulation in
during summer as well as winter conditions. Super accordance with BS EN ISO 10140-2 and impact
ECSBC buildings shall also meet the additional design sound insulation in accordance with BS EN ISO
conditions as given in Table-11.3. 10140-3 or any other equivalent standard should be
considered as a guide to the performance of an
Table 11.3. Additional requirements for thermal comfort in
element in the field.
Super ECSBC buildings
In case of Super ECSBC, post building construction,
field tests for sound insulation shall be conducted in

accordance with BS EN ISO 140-4 and BS EN ISO 140- The Transmission loss of Wooden, Metal Doors along
7. From these measurements, single-number ratings with acoustical louvers are defined in the Table 11.5
can be calculated according to BS EN ISO 717-1, for Transmission loss for Acoustical Louvers is defined in

airborne insulation, and BS EN ISO 717-2, for impact Table 11.6.
insulation.
Table 11.4 Default sound insulation values of the
The threshold Noise isolation class (NIC) depending different walls and Glazing.
on type of spaces shall be as per the table 11.7.
Table 11.4 Default sound insulation values of the different walls and Glazing.
S.No. Partition ( Dry and Wet walls) Rw/STC

1 100 mm thick low density block work 214pprox.. density 52 kg/m2) with 12mm thick plaster on
bothsides
2 Metal stud partition, 50 mm studs 600 mm centres, clad both sides with 12.5 mm plasterboard of
minimumdensity 750kg/m3 joints filled and perimeters sealed. 35-
37
3 100 mm thick medium density block work 214pprox..density 140 kg/m2 with 12mm thick plaster on
bothsides
38-
4 Metal stud partition, 50 mm studs 600 mm centres, clad both sides with 12.5 mm plasterboard of
40
minimumdensity 750kg/m3, cavity filled with 50mm thick mineral wool & joints filled and perimeters
sealed.
5 100 mm thick medium density block work 214 approx.density 140 kg/m2 with 12mm thick plaster on
both sides
6 115 mm brickwork 214pprox.. density 190 kg/m2 with12mm thick plaster on both sides
7. Metal stud partition, 70 mm studs 600 mm centres, 2x12.5 mm plasterboard of minimum density 40-45
900Kg/m3 cavity filled with 50mm thick mineral wooleach side ,70 mm metal stud
8. 225 mm brickwork 215pprox.. density 440 kg/m2 with12mm thick plaster on both sides 45-50
9. Double Stud Metal stud partition, 70 mm studs placed 10mm apart and studs fixed at 600 mm centres,
2x12.5mm plasterboard of minimum density 900Kg/m3 cavityfilled with 2x 50mm thick mineral wool
each side of a metal stud
10. 200 mm block work 215pprox.. density 400Kg/m2with 15mm thick plaster on both sides
11. 100 mm block (high density 200 kg/m2) with 12 mmplaster on one side and 1x12.5 mm plasterboard on 50-55
metal frame with a 50 mm cavity filled with glass fibre/mineral wool on other side
12. Double Stud Metal stud partition, 70 mm studs placed 10mm apart and studs fixed at 600 mm centres,
2x12.5mm plasterboard of minimum density 990-1000Kg/m3 cavity filled with 2x 50mm thick mineral
wool each sideof a metal stud
Glazing combinations
13 4 mm single float (sealed) 25
14 6mmsingle float (sealed ) 28
15 4 mm glass/12 mm air gap/4 mm glass


20 10 mm laminated single float (sealed) 35
25 10 mm glass/12 mm air gap/6 mm laminated glass
27 10 mm glass/100 mm air gap/6 mm glass 43
28 12 mm laminated glass/12 mm air gap/10 mm glass
29 17 mm laminated glass/12 mm air gap/10 mm glass 45
The Transmission loss of Wooden, Metal Doors along with acoustical louvers are defined in the Table 11.5
Table 11.5: Transmission loss of wooden, metal door along with acoustical louvers.
a. Solid-core Wood Doors
TL (Transmission loss), DB
Solid-core wood door Solid-core wood door [ Solid-core wood door [
(24kg/m )]; no seals
2 (24kg/m2)]; Foam type (24kg/m )];
2
Description
around perimeter sealsaround perimeter Magnetic seals around
perimeter
STC 22 26 30
Rw
63 16 18 20
80 19 20 23
100 16 19 22
125 19 22 25
160 20 24 26
200 21 25 27
250 22 25 29
Frequency H
315 24 28 31
400 25 28 30
500 26 29 30
630 26 29 30

800 25 27 28
1000 24 25 27
1250 23 25 27

1600 23 26 28
2000 23 26 30
2500 22 26 33
3150 19 27 34
4000 20 28 3
b. Hollow-Core Steel Doors
TL (Transmission loss), DB
Hallow-core steel door,18ga. Hallow-core steel door,18ga. Hallow-core steeldoor,18ga.
Steel faces[(26kg/m2)]; no Steel faces (26kg/m2)]; Foam Steel faces (26kg/m2)]
Description seals around perimeter type seals around perimeter Magnetic seals
around perimeter
STC 17 28 32
Rw
63 12 21 21
80 14 23 23
100 11 21 22
125 13 21 24
160 14 24 24
Frequency Hz
200 14 24 27
250 15 25 28
315 15 24 27
400 16 25 29
500 16 25 30
630 17 26 31
800 17 26 31
1000 17 26 30

1250 17 28 29
1600 18 29 31

2000 18 30 36
2500 17 32 38
3150 19 33 40
4000 20 34 39
Table 11.6: Transmission loss for acoustical louvers
Depth of acoustical
Louver Single Blade 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
(mm)
100 5 4 5 6 9 13 14 13
150 6 6 8 10 14 18 16 15
300 6 7 10 12 18 18 14 13
600 7 9 12 24 31 33 29 30
Calculating acoustical transmission loss: Normalized transmission loss TLn,

Normalized transmission loss shall be calculated using the equation 11.7 and S ⬚
Random transmission loss using equation 11.8. TLn = 10log{1 + (π × F × )}2

So ∗ Co
Where, F = Center frequency, S= Surface density, Random transmission loss is then calculated
(𝑺𝒐 × 𝑪𝒐) = Characteristic impedance, using normalized transmission using the below
mentioned formula,
𝑇𝐿R = 𝑇𝐿N − (10 𝑙𝑜𝑔 0.23 × 𝑇𝐿N)
Table. 11.7: The threshold Noise isolation class depending on type of spaces
S. Dw/NIC
N Building Type of space
SuperECSBC
o. ECSBC+ ECSBC
Between two enclosedoffices

45 40 40
Between enclosed office and circulation

40 35 30
area
Between two meeting or conference

50 45 45
rooms

1 Office Between meeting or conference room
andcirculation area 40 35 30
Between two trainingrooms

50 45 45
Between training room and circulation

40 35 30
area
Between water closets and noise

2 Resident 45 40 35
sensitive room
ial
Walls and floor between two
55 50 45
guestrooms/suites
Between guestrooms/suites and

circulation area 40 40 40
3 Hospitali Walls and floor between banquet halls

ty and guestrooms/suites 55 50 50
Between banquet hall and circulation area

or pre functions 45 40 40
Walls of cinemas, auditoriums, studios,

4 Entertai 60 55 50
pubs
nment
Between classrooms, labs,lecture halls
5 Educatio 50 50 45
n
Between two patient rooms and
6 Hospital
circulationarea
and 40 40 35
Healthca Between patient room and circulation area
re (withentrance) 35 30 25
Between patient roomand service area 50 45 45
Between consultation room and patient

room,public space 40 40 40
Between consultation room and

circulation area(with entrance) 35 30 25

11.5 Compliance Documents with illumination and uniformity
Requirement requirements.
11. Provide detailed design documents
1. design documents detailing the

for building materials and partition
HVAC system, including air filters
assemblies used to achieve required
conforming to IS/ISO 16890 Part 1
sound insulation levels.
to Part 4.
12. Submit simulation reports showing
2. Submit design ventilation rates
compliance with NIC and
calculations, conforming to
transmission loss requirements for
perceived air quality standards.
different building areas.
3. Submit an Indoor Air Quality
13. Submit field testing reports (if
Management Plan, including
applicable), conforming to BS EN ISO
measures to prevent and control
140-4 and 140-7 for sound
CO2 and VOCs.
insulation, and calculations
4. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets
according to BS EN ISO 717-1 and
(MSDS) for all construction
717-2.
materials, paints, adhesives, and
14. Submit installation plans showing
finishes used, demonstrating low
the placement and integration of air
VOC emissions.
filters within the HVAC system.
5. Submit post-construction IAQ testing
15. Submit specifications and calibration
reports confirming PM10, PM2.5,
certificates for CO₂ sensors installed.
CO2 levels, and VOC emissions meet
16. Provide control logic diagrams
the prescribed standards.
demonstrating how ventilation rates
6. Calculations and analysis of thermal
are regulated in response to CO₂
comfort conditions, including
levels.
operative temperature and humidity
17. Provide certifications from
levels, for both summer and winter
accredited laboratories verifying low
conditions.
VOC emissions of the materials used.
7. Details of the building envelope
18. Provide design documents showing
design, including insulation
how relative humidity will be
materials, window-to-wall ratio, and
maintained within 30% to 70%
solar heat gain calculations.
during summer (and winter for
8. Submit a lighting design report
Super ECSBC buildings).
including compliance with IS 3646
19. Submit detailed plans demonstrating
and IS 10322, detailing illuminance
compliance with additional
levels, glare control, and uniformity.
parameters in Table 11.3, including:
9. Provide simulation reports
20. Radiant temperature asymmetry.
demonstrating compliance with
21. Vertical air temperature difference.
visual comfort requirements under
22. Floor surface temperature (for floor-
no daylight conditions.
based systems).
10. Submit specifications of lighting
23. Describe control strategies and
fixtures used, confirming compliance
systems implemented to achieve and

monitor these additional thermal
comfort requirements.
24. Provide data sheets for acoustic

materials used, including walls,
partitions, doors, and glazing,
25. Submit filed test report post building
construction, for sound insulation
conducted in accordance with BS EN ISO
140-4 and BS EN ISO 140-7, meeting
threshold Noise isolation class.
26. Demonstrate that the Noise Isolation
Class (NIC) meets the thresholds
specified in Table 11.7, depending
on the building type and space.

12. Whole Building Performance 12.2.2. Documentation Required
Compliance shall be documented and shall be
12.1. General submitted to the authority having jurisdiction. The
The Whole Building Performance Method provides an information submitted shall include, at a minimum, the
alternative compliance path to the standardized following:
Whole Building Performance

requirements specified in Chapter 5 through 9 and
Chapter 11 of this code. It applies to all building types 1. Summary describing the results of the analysis,
covered by the Code as mentioned in Section 2.5. including the annual energy use for the Proposed
Design and the Baseline design, and software used.
A building complies with the Code using the Whole 2. Brief description of the project with location,
Building Performance (WBP) Method, when it conform number of stories, space types, conditioned and
to table3.1. unconditioned areas, hours of operation.
3. List of the energy-related building features of the
The mandatory requirements of chapter 5 through
Proposed Design. This list shall also document
chapter 9 ( 5.2, 6.2, and 7.2, 8.2,9.2) and chapter 11.2
features different from the Baseline design.
shall be met when using the WBP Method.
4. List showing compliance with the mandatory
12.2. Annual Energy Consumption of a requirements of this code.
5. The input and output report(s) from the simulation
Building program including a break up of energy usage by
Annual energy use for the purposes of the WBP Method all the following components: lighting, internal
shall be calculated in kilowatt-hours (kWh) of equipment loads, service water heating equipment,
electricity use per year per unit area by using energy space heating equipment, space cooling and heat
simulation program and climatic data as specified in rejection equipment, fans, and other HVAC
section 12.4. Energy sources other than electricity that equipment (such as pumps). The output reports
are used in the building shall be converted to kWh of shall also show the number of hours any loads
electric energy at the rate of 0.75 kWh per mega-joule. which are not met by the HVAC system for both the
Proposed Design and Baseline design.
NOTE: The annual energy use calculation as per the 6. Explanation of any significant modeling
Whole Building Performance Method and PES achieved assumptions made.
for ECSBC + or Super ECSBC building is not a prediction 7. Explanation of any error messages noted in the
of the actual energy use or saving of the building simulation program output.
respectively, once it gets operational. Actual energy 8. Building floor plans, building elevations, and site
performance of a building depends on a number of plan.
factors like weather, occupant behaviour, equipment
performance and maintenance, among others, which 12.3. Mandatory Requirement
are not covered by this Code.
All requirements of 5.2,6.2,7.2 and 8.2 , 9.2 and 11.2
12.2.1. Trade-offs Limited to Building Permit shall be met. These sections contain the mandatory
The WBP Method may be used for building permit provisions of the Code and are prerequisites for
applications that include less than the whole building; demonstrating compliance using the WBP Method.
however, any design parameters that are not part of the 12.4. Simulation Requirements
building permit application shall be identical for both
the Proposed Design and the Baseline design Future 12.4.1. Energy Simulation Program
improvements to the building shall comply with both The simulation software shall be a computer-based
the mandatory and standardized requirements of program for the analysis of energy consumption in
concurrent code. buildings and be approved by the authority having
jurisdiction. The simulation program shall, at a
minimum, have the ability to model the following:

1. Energy flows on an hourly basis for all 8,760 hours designer shall select available weather data that best
of the year, represent the climate at the construction site.
2. Hourly variations in occupancy, lighting power,
miscellaneous equipment power, thermostat set 12.4.3. Compliance calculation
points, and HVAC system operation, defined The Proposed Design and Baseline design shall be

separately for each day of the week and holidays, calculated using the following:
3. Thermal mass effects,
1. Same simulation program,
4. Ten or more thermal zones,
2. Same weather data, and
5. Part-load and temperature dependent performance
3. Identical building operation assumptions
of heating and cooling equipment,
(thermostat set points, schedules, equipment and
6. Air-side and water-side economizers with
occupant loads, etc.) unless an exception is allowed
integrated control.
by this Code or the authority having jurisdiction for
In addition to the above, the simulation tool shall be a given category.
able to produce hourly reports of energy use by energy
source and shall have the capability to performing 12.5. Energy Consumption calculation
design load calculations to determine required HVAC for Proposed Design and Baseline
equipment capacities, air, and water flow rates in
accordance with 5 for both the proposed and baseline design
building designs.
The simulation program shall be tested according to
12.5.1. Energy Simulation Model
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 140 Method of Test for the The simulation model for calculating the Proposed
Evaluation of Building Energy Analysis Computer Design and the Baseline design shall be developed in
Programs and the results shall be furnished by the accordance with the requirements in Table 12-1. The
software provider. Baseline design is based on the mandatory and
12.4.2. Climate Data standardized requirements of the ECSBC compliant
building. The Baseline design will be the same for all
The simulation program shall use hourly values of
compliance levels (ECSBC, ECSBC+ and Super ECSBC).
climatic data, such as temperature and humidity, from
representative climatic data for the city in which the
Proposed Design is to be located. For cities or urban
regions with several climate data entries, and for
locations where weather data are not available, the
Table 12-1 Modeling Requirements for calculating proposed and Baseline design
Case Proposed Design Baseline design

(a) The simulation model of the Proposed
Design shall be consistent with the design
documents, including proper accounting of
fenestration and opaque envelope types and
The Baseline design shall be developed
area; interior lighting power and controls;
by modifying the Proposed Design as
HVAC system types, sizes, and controls; and
described in this table. Unless
1. service water heating systems and controls.
specified in this table, all building
Design Model (b) When the whole building performance
systems and equipment shall be
method is applied to buildings in which
modeled identically in the Baseline
energy-related features have not been
design and Proposed Design.
designed yet (e.g., a lighting system), those
yet-to-be-designed features shall be
described in the Proposed Design so that
they minimally comply with applicable

mandatory and Standardized requirements
of
5.2 ,6.2, 7.2, 8.2 and 5.3, 6.3, 7.3,8.3
respectively.
The building type or space type

classifications shall be chosen in accordance
2. Space Use Classification with section 2.5. More than one building Same as Proposed Design.
type category may be used in a building if it
is a mixed-use facility.
Same as Proposed Design.
Exception: Schedules may be allowed
Operational schedules (hourly variations in to differ between the Standard and
occupancy, lighting power, equipment Proposed models wherever it is
power, HVAC equipment operation, etc.) necessary to model nonstandard
suitable for the building and/or space type efficiency measures and/or measures
shall be modeled for showing compliance. which can be best approximated by a
Schedules must be modeled as per section change in schedule. Measures that may
12.7. In case a schedule for an occupancy warrant a change in operating
3. Schedules
type is missing in section 12.7, appropriate schedules include but are not limited
schedule may be used. Temperature and to automatic controls for lighting,
humidity schedules and set points shall be natural ventilation, demand-controlled
identical in the Standard and Proposed ventilation systems, controls for
Designs. Temperature control/thermostat service water heating load reduction.
throttling ranges shall also be modeled Schedule change is not allowed for
identically in both the Designs. manual controls under any category.
This is subject to approval by the
authority having jurisdiction.
All components of the building envelope in The Baseline design shall have
the Proposed Design shall be modeled as identical conditioned floor area and
shown on architectural drawings or as identical exterior dimensions and
installed for existing building envelopes. orientations as the Proposed Design,
Exceptions: The following building elements except as noted in (a), (b), (c), (d) and
are permitted to differ from architectural (e) below:
drawings.
(a) Any envelope assembly that covers less (a) Orientation. The Baseline design
than 5% of the total area of that assembly performance shall be generated by
type (e.g., exterior walls) need not be simulating the building with its actual
separately described. If not separately orientation and again after rotating the
described, the area of an envelope assembly entire building 90, 180, 270 degrees,
4. Building Envelope must be added to the area of the adjacent then averaging the results. The
assembly of that same type. building shall be modeled so that it
(b) Exterior surfaces whose azimuth does not shade itself.
orientation and tilt differ by no more than (b) Opaque assemblies such as roof,
45 degrees and are otherwise the same may floors, doors, and walls shall be
be described as either a single surface or by modeled with the maximum U-factor
using multipliers. allowed in 5.3.1 and 5.3.2.
(c) For exterior roofs, other than roofs with (c) Fenestration. Fenestration areas
ventilated attics, the reflectance and shall equal that in the Proposed Design
emittance of the roof surface shall be or 40% of gross above grade wall area,
modeled in accordance with 5.3.1-(a) whichever is smaller, and shall be
(d) Manually operated fenestration shading distributed on each face in the same
devices such as blinds or shades shall not be proportions as in the Proposed Design

modeled. Permanent shading devices such No shading projections are to be
as fins, overhangs, and light shelves shall be modeled; fenestration shall be
modeled. assumed to be flush with the exterior
(e) The exterior roof surface shall be wall or roof. Manually operated
modeled using the solar reflectance in fenestration shading devices such as

accordance with ASTM E903-96 and thermal blinds or shades shall not be modeled.
emittance determined in accordance with Fenestration U-factor shall be the
ASTM E408-71. Where cool roof is maximum allowed for the climate, and
proposed, emittance and reflectance shall be the solar heat gain coefficient shall be
modeled as per ASTM E408-71 and ASTM the maximum allowed for the climate
E903-96 respectively. Where cool roof is not and orientation.
proposed, the exterior roof surfaces shall be (d) Skylight areas shall equal that in
modeled with a solar reflectance of 0.3 and a the Proposed Design or 5% of gross
thermal emittance of 0.75. roof area, whichever is smaller.
(e) Roof Solar Reflectance and
Thermal Emittance: The exterior roof
surfaces shall be modeled using a solar
reflectance of 0.70 and a thermal
emittance of 0.75 as per 5.3.1-(a)
Lighting power in the Proposed Design shall
be determined as follows:
Where a complete lighting system exists, the
actual lighting power shall be used in the
model.
Where a lighting system has been designed,
Interior lighting power in the Baseline
accordance with 7.3.3.
design shall be determined using the
Where no lighting exists, or is specified,
same categorization procedure
(building area or space function) and
accordance with the 7.3.1 or 7.3.2 for the
categories as the Proposed Design
appropriate building type.
with lighting power set equal to the
Lighting system power shall include all
maximum allowed for the
lighting system components shown or
corresponding method and category in
provided for on plans (including lamps,
either 7.3.1 or 7.3.2. Power for fixtures
ballasts, task fixtures, and furniture-
5. Lighting not included in the lighting power
mounted fixtures).
density calculation shall be modeled
Lighting power for parking garages, exterior
identically in the Proposed Design and
spaces and building facades shall be
Baseline design. Lighting controls shall
modeled.
be as per the ECSBC requirements of
Minimum Lighting controls, as per the
7.2.1,
ECSBC requirements of 7.2.1, shall be
modeled in the Proposed case.
Exterior lighting power in the Baseline
Automatic daylighting controls shall be
design shall be set equal to the
modeled directly in the software or through
maximum allowed in 6.3.5
schedule adjustments determined by a
separate daylight analysis approved by the
authority having jurisdiction.
Other automatic lighting controls shall be
modeled directly in the software by
adjusting the lighting power as per Table
12.4.
6. HVAC Thermal HVAC Zones Designed: Where HVAC zones Same as Proposed Design

Zones are defined on design drawings, each HVAC
zone shall be modeled as a separate thermal
block.
Exception: Identical zones (similar
occupancy and usage, similar internal loads,
similar set points and type of HVAC system,

glazed exterior walls face the same
orientation or vary by less than 45°) may be
combined for simplicity.
HVAC Zones Not Designed: Where HVAC
zones are not defined on design drawings,
HVAC zones shall be defined based on
similar occupancy and usage, similar
internal loads, similar set points and type of
HVAC system, glazed exterior walls that face
the same orientation or vary by less than
45° in combination with the following rules:
Perimeter Core Zoning: Separate thermal
block shall be modeled for perimeter and
core spaces. Perimeter spaces are defined as
spaces located within 5 meters of an
exterior or semi exterior wall. Core spaces
are defined as spaces located greater than 5
meters of an exterior or semi exterior wall.
Separate thermal blocks shall be modeled
for floors in contact with ground and for
floors which have a ceiling/roof exposure to
the ambient.
The HVAC system type and all related
performance parameters, such as equipment
capacities and efficiencies, in the Proposed
Design shall be determined as follows:
(a) Where a complete HVAC system exists,
the model shall reflect the actual system
type using actual component capacities and
efficiencies.
(b) Where an HVAC system has been The HVAC system type shall be as per
designed, the HVAC model shall be Table 12.3 and related performance
consistent with design documents. parameters for the Baseline design
Mechanical equipment efficiencies shall be shall be determined from
7. HVAC Systems
adjusted from actual design conditions to requirements of 12.5.2 Equipment
the rating conditions specified in 5, if performance shall meet the
required by the simulation model. requirements of Chapter 6 for code
(c) Where no heating system has been compliant building.
specified, the heating system shall be
assumed to be electric. The system
characteristics shall be identical to the
system modeled in the Baseline design.
(d) Where no cooling system has been
specified, the cooling system and its
characteristics shall be identical to the
system modeled in the Baseline design.

(e) For projects, which shall have VRF
systems in proposed design, project team
shall have to submit following performance
curves of proposed VRF systems:
1. EIR vs PLR (Part Load Ratio)

2. Total Capacity; f (evaporator entering wet
bulb temperature, condenser entering dry
bulb temperature)
3. Electric Input Ratio; f (evaporator
entering wet bulb temperature, condenser
entering dry bulb temperature)
The service hot water system type and all
related performance parameters, such as
equipment capacities and efficiencies, in the
The service water heating system shall
Proposed Design shall be determined as
be of the same type as the Proposed
follows:
Design.
(a) Where a complete service hot water
For residential facilities, hotels and
system exists, the model shall reflect the
hospitals the Baseline design shall
8. Service Hot Water actual system type using actual component
have a solar hot water system capable
capacities and efficiencies.
of meeting 20% of the hot water
(b) Where a service hot water system has
demand.
been designed, the service hot water model
Systems shall meet the efficiency
shall be consistent with design documents.
requirements of 9.2.8
(c) Where no service hot water system
exists, or is specified, no service hot water
heating shall be modeled.
Receptacle, motor, and process loads shall
be modeled and estimated based on the
building type or space type category. These
loads shall be included in simulations of the
building and shall be included when
calculating the Baseline design and
Proposed Design. All end-use load Receptacle, motor and process loads
9. Miscellaneous
components within and associated with the shall be modeled the same as the
Loads
building shall be modeled, unless Proposed Design.
specifically excluded by this Table, but not
limited to, exhaust fans, parking garage
ventilation fans, exterior building lighting,
swimming pool heaters and pumps,
elevators and escalators, refrigeration
equipment, and cooking equipment.
If the simulation program cannot model a
component or system included in the
Proposed Design, one of the following
methods shall be used with the approval of
10. Modeling
the authority having jurisdiction:
Limitations to the
(a) Ignore the component if the energy Same as Proposed Design.
Simulation
impact on the trade-offs being considered is
Program
not significant.
(b) Model the component substituting a
thermodynamically similar component
model.

(c) Model the HVAC system components or
systems using the HVAC system of the
Baseline design in accordance with Section 6
of this table.
Whichever method is selected, the
component shall be modeled identically for

both the Proposed Design and Baseline
design models.
Operative temperature shall be determined
11. Thermal Comfort using simulation program as specified in Same as Proposed Design
section 11.2.2.
Table 12.2 HVAC Systems Map for Baseline design
Hotel/Motel, Hospital Patient Buildings with Buildings with Data Centre/

Rooms, Hotel Guest Rooms, Less than or Equal More than 12,500 Server/Computer Rooms
Resorts, Villas, Sleeping to 12,500 m² of m² of Conditioned
Quarters in Mixed-use Conditioned Area Area
Buildings, Schools,
Classrooms/Lecture Rooms1
Name System A System B System C System D
System Split AC Variable Central cooling Computer Room air
Type2 Refrigerant Flow plant with variable conditioners
(VRF) volume AHU (VAV)
Fan Constant Volume Constant volume Variable volume Constant volume
Control
Cooling Direct expansion with air Direct expansion Chilled Water with Direct expansion with air
Type cooled condenser with air cooled water cooled cooled condenser
condenser condenser
Heating 1. Heat Pump: Where no 1. Heat Pump: 1. Electric NA
Type heating system has been Where no heating resistance: Where
specified or where an electric system has been no heating system
heating system has been specified or where has been specified
specified in the Proposed an electric heating or where an
Design system has been electric heating
2. Fossil Fuel Boiler, specified in the system has been
Fossil/Electric Hybrid: Where Proposed Design specified in the
a heating system exists and a 2. Fossil Fuel Boiler Proposed Design
fossil fuel hot water boiler has Fossil/Electric 2. Fossil Fuel Boiler
been specified in the Proposed Hybrid: Where a Fossil/Electric
Design heating system Hybrid: Where a
exists and a fossil heating system
fuel hot water exists and a fossil
boiler has been fuel hot water
specified in the boiler has been
Proposed Design specified in the
Proposed Design
Notes:
1. Buildings of the listed occupancy types or spaces in Mixed-use Buildings with the listed occupancy types.
2. Where attributes make a building eligible for more than one system type; use the predominant condition to
determine the Baseline design system type provided the non-predominant conditions apply to less than 1,000 m2

of conditioned floor area. Use additional system type for non-predominant conditions if those conditions apply to
more than 1,000 m2 of conditioned floor area.
Use additional system type for any space which has a substantial difference in peak loads and/or operational hours
compared to the predominant space type. Such spaces may include but are not limited to computer/server rooms,
retail areas in residential, or office buildings.

3. One AHU per floor at a minimum.
Table 12-3 Power adjustment factors for automatic lighting controls
Daytime occupancy
Automatic Control Device All Others
and area <300 m2
Programmable Timing Control 10% 0%
Occupancy Sensor 10% 10%
Occupancy Sensor and Programmable 15% 10%

Timing Control

12.5.2 HVAC System modeled as per the minimum ventilation rate
The HVAC system type and related performance required by the applicable code and the Proposed
parameters for the Baseline design shall be determined Design shall be modeled as per actual design
from Table 12.2 and the following rules: (higher than Baseline design)
1. Other components: Components and parameters b) Fan Schedules

not listed in Table 12.2 or otherwise specifically Supply and return fans shall operate
addressed in this subsection shall be identical to continuously whenever the spaces are
those in the Proposed Design. occupied and shall be cycled to meet heating
2. Exception to 12.5.2(a): Where there are specific and cooling loads during unoccupied hours.
requirements in 6.2.2, the component efficiency in c) Fan Power
the Baseline design shall be adjusted to the lowest
1. For Systems Types A, B and D,
efficiency level allowed by the requirement for that
component type.
Pfan = cmh x 0.176
3. All HVAC and service water heating equipment in
Where Pfan = Baseline design fan power in watts
the Baseline design shall be modeled at the
minimum efficiency levels, both part load and full cmh = Baseline design supply airflow rate auto-
load, in accordance with 6.2.2. sized by the simulation software
4. Where efficiency ratings, such as EER and COP,
include fan energy, the descriptor shall be broken 2. For System B - VRF: Variable Refrigerant Flow
down into its components so that supply fan system, the performance curve for Baseline
energy can be modeled separately.
shall be modeled using either Equation 1 or
5. Minimum outdoor air ventilation rates shall be the
same for both the Baseline design and the table 12-4.
Proposed Design except for conditions specified in
12.5.2-(a).
Equation 1
6. The equipment capacity for the Baseline design 𝐸𝐼𝑅(𝑃𝐿𝑅) = 0.4628 − 1.0402 × 𝑃𝐿𝑅 + {2.1749 ×
shall be based on sizing runs for each orientation 𝑃𝐿𝑅 2 } − {0.5975 × 𝑃𝐿𝑅3 }
and shall be oversized by 15% for cooling and 25%
for heating, i.e., the ratio between the capacities Table 12.4 Performance curve reference for VRF flow
determined by the sizing runs shall be 1.15 for system
cooling and 1.25 for heating.
7. Unmet load hours for the Proposed Design shall Part Load Part Load
EIR EIR
Ratio (PLR) Ratio (PLR)
not differ from unmet load hours for the Baseline
designby more than 50 hours. Maximum number 0.1 0.3799 0.6 0.4926
of unmet hours shall not exceed 300 for either 0.2 0.337 0.7 0.5954
case. 0.3 0.3304 0.8 0.7167
a) Minimum outdoor rates 0.4 0.3565 0.9 0.8527
Minimum outdoor air rates shall be identical for both 0.5 0.4117 1 1
the Baseline design and Proposed Design, except
1. when modeling demand-controlled ventilation 3. For System Type C

(DCV) in the Proposed Design (DCV is not required
in the Baseline design as per 6.2.1-(c) Fan power shall be modeled as per efficiency limits
2. When the proposed design has a ventilation flow
specified in section 6.3.1 using a static pressure of
higher than the minimum required by the
622 Pa or the design static pressure, whichever is
applicable code, the Baseline design shall be
higher. The simulation software shall automatically

calculate the Baseline design fan power based on d) Design Air Flow Rates

the above inputs. Design airflow rates for the Baseline designshall
be sized based on a supply air to room air
Note: temperature difference of 11 °C for cooling and
18°C for heating. The Proposed Design airflow
For VAV system under type C: rates shall be as per design.
Supply fans shall have variable-speed drives, and e) Economizer (airside and waterside)
their part-load performance characteristics shall Airside economizers shall be modeled in the
be modeled using either Method 1 and Method 2 Baseline designas per the requirements of 6.3.5
specified given below.
Exception to 12.5.2-(e): Airside economizer shall
Method 1: not be modeled for Baseline design HVAC System
Type A.
Table 12.5 Part Load Fan Power Data
f) Energy Recovery
Fraction of Full-Load Energy recovery shall be modeled in the Baseline
Fan Part-Load Ratio
Power
design as per the requirements of 5.3
0 0
0.1 0.03
g) Chilled Water Design Supply Temperatures
Chilled water design supply temperature shall be
0.2 0.07
modeled at 6.7°C and return temperature at
0.3 0.13 13.3°C.
0.4 0.21
h) Chillers
0.5 0.3
Only electric chillers shall be modeled in the
0.6 0.41 Baseline design for System C. Chillers shall meet
0.7 0.54 the minimum efficiency requirements indicated in
0.8 0.68 Table 12-4 and Table 12-5. Chillers in the Baseline
0.9 0.83 designs hall be selected as per Table 12-6 below:
1 1 Table 12-4 Minimum energy efficiency requirements for
water-cooled chillers
Method 2: Chiller Capacity

COP IPLV
(kW)
𝑃𝑓𝑎𝑛 = 0.0013 + {0.1470 × (𝑃𝐿𝑅𝑓𝑎𝑛 )} + {0.9506 × < 260 4.7 5.8
(𝑃𝐿𝑅𝑓𝑎𝑛 )2 } − {0.0998 × (𝑃𝐿𝑅𝑓𝑎𝑛 )3 } ≥ 260 & < 530 4.9 5.9
≥ 530 & < 1,050 5.4 6.5
Where;
≥ 1,050 & < 1,580 5.8 6.8
Pfan = fraction of full load fan power, ≥ 1,580 6.3 7
PLRfan = Fan part-load ratio (Current L/s/Design

L/s) Table 12-5 Minimum energy efficiency requirements for
air-cooled chillers

Chiller Capacity (kW) COP IPLV temperature, whichever is lower, with a design
temperature rise of 5.6°C.
<260 2.8 3.5
k) Boiler
≥260 3.0 3.7 Baseline design boilers shall be modeled as natural
draft boilers and shall use the same fuel as the

Proposed Design. Boiler efficiency shall be
Table 12-6 Type and Numbers of Chillers for Baseline modeled as per Table 6.4.
design
l) Hot Water Design Supply Temperatures
Chiller Capacity Chiller Type Hot water design supply temperature shall be
(kW) modeled at 82°C and return temperature at 54°C.
<1055 1 Water Cooled Screw Chiller m) Hot Water Pumps
The Baseline design hot water pumps shall be
1055 to 2110 2 Water Cooled Screw Chiller
modeled with a minimum efficiency of 70% and a
equally Sized
pump power of 300 W/ltr-sec.
> 2110 2 or More Water Cooled Centrifugal Baseline design hot water pumps shall be modeled
Chillers, equally sized such that no as primary-secondary with variable secondary
chiller is greater than 2813 𝑘𝑊𝑟 flow.
n) Campus/District Cooling Systems
Exception to 12.5.2-(h): Air cooled chillers are All district cooling plants shall be assumed to be
allowed to be modeled in the Baseline design if on grid electricity, unless otherwise specified and
proposed design has air cooled chillers. If the supported through pertinent documents. New
proposed building has a mix of air and water district plants shall comply with the mandatory
cooled chillers, then the Baseline design shall be requirements of ECSBC irrespective of who owns
modeled with a mix of air and water cooled and/or operates the district plant.
chillers in the same proportion as in the proposed
design. Projects may choose either option A or option B
given below for modeling campus/district cooling
i) Chilled Water Pumps systems.
Chilled and condenser water pumps for the
Baseline design shall be modeled as per power and Option A
efficiency limits specified in Table 6.13. Baseline The cooling source shall be modeled as purchased
design chilled water pumps shall be modeled as chilled water in both the Baseline design and
primary-secondary with variable secondary flow. proposed design. For the Baseline design, Table
j) Cooling Tower 12.2, shall be modified as follows:
Baseline design cooling tower shall be modeled as (a) For System Type C; purchased chilled
an open circuit axial flow tower with power and water shall be modeled as the cooling source.
efficiency as per 6.3.3. The fans shall be modeled
as two speed. (b) System Types A and B shall be replaced
with a two-pipe fan coil system with purchased
Condenser water design supply temperature shall chilled water as the cooling source.
be 29.4°C or 5.6°C approach to wet bulb

The chilled water/thermal energy consumption

simulated by the software shall be converted to Building Type ECSBC+ SuperECSBC
units of kWh and added to the overall building Hotel (No Star and
energy consumption. The following conversion 9% 19%
Star)
factors shall be used to convert chilled
Resort 12% 24%
water/thermal energy consumption to units of
Hospital 15% 23%
kWh.
Outpatient 15% 25%
1 ton hour = 0.85 kWh Assembly 14% 23%
1 MBtu = 1,000,000 Btu = 293 kWh Office (Regular
14% 22%
Use)
Option B
Office (24 Hours) 12% 24%
The Baseline design shall be modeled as per Table
12.2 HVAC Systems Map. Schools and
23% 34%
University
For the proposed design, model a virtual onsite
chilled water plant with Chiller, Pumps and cooling Open Gallery Mall 15% 24%
towers modeled at minimum efficiency levels as
per 12.5.2-(g) to 12.5.2-(j) . Airside/low side Shopping Mall 14% 26%
capacities shall be modeled as per design and the Supermarket 19% 30%
plant capacities shall be auto-sized by the Strip retail 18% 32%
software.
12.5.3 Compliance Thresholds for ECSBC Table 12.8 Minimum required Percentage Energy
compliant, ECSBC+ and Super ECSBC Buildings Savings (PES) respect to Energy Savings of ECSBC
building in Hot and Dry Climate
For buildings to qualify as ECSBC+ and
SuperECSBC Buildings, the WBP Method shall be
followed for the Baseline design as detailed above.
The proposed design for ECSBC+ and Super ECSBC Hot and Dry Climate
buildings shall meet the mandatory provisions of
5.2, 6.2, 7.2 and 8.2 and 9.2 ECBC+ Super ECBC
The PES for ECSBC+ and SuperECSBC Buildings Building Type

shall be equal to or greater than the PES listed Hotel (No Star
under the applicable climate zone in Table 12-7 and Star)
10% 19%
through Table 12-11 of section 12.6.
Resort 12% 24%
12.6 Minimum required Percentage Energy Hospital 16% 24%
SavingsTable 12.7 Minimum required Percentage Outpatient 15% 25%
Energy Savings (PES) respect to Energy Savings of ECSBC Assembly 14% 22%
building in Composite Climate.
Office (Regular
Composite Climate Use)
14% 22%

Office (24Hours) Warm and Humid Climate
12% 24%
Schools and
University 23% 34% Buildilng
ECBC+ SuperECBC
Open Gallery type
Mall 15% 23%

Hotel (No
Shopping Mall
16% 28% Star and
Star) 9% 19%
Supermarket
27% 31% Resort 12% 25%
Strip retail 18% 32% Hospital 14% 23%
Outpatient 14% 24%
Table 12-9 Minimum required Percentage Energy Assembly 12% 20%
Savings (PES) respect to Energy Savings of ECSBC Office
building in Temperate Climate (Regular
Use) 14% 24%
Office
Temperate Climate (24Hours) 12% 24%
Schools and
ECBC+ Super ECBC
University 23% 34%
Open
Building Type Gallery Mall 14% 23%
Hotel (No Star Shopping
and Star) Mall 15% 28%
10% 20%
Supermarket
Resort 12% 25% 18% 30%
Hospital 18% 27% Strip retail 17% 32%
Outpatient 15% 25% Table 12-11 Minimum required Percentage Energy
Savings (PES) respect to Energy Savings of ECSBC
Assembly 15% 24%
building in Cold Climate.
Office (Regular
Use) Cold Climate
15% 25%
Office (24Hours)
13% 26%
Schools and ECBC+ SuperECBC
University 23% 34%
Open Gallery Buildign type
Mall 17% 26%
Hotel (No Star
Shopping Mall and Star)
16% 29% 9% 18%
Supermarket Resort 12% 25%
19% 31%
Hospital 12% 20%
Strip retail 19% 33%
Outpatient 15% 25%
Assembly 13% 19%
Table 12-10 Minimum required Percentage Energy
Office (Regular
Savings (PES) respect to Energy Savings of ECSBC
Use)
building in Warm and Humid climate. 12% 20%

Office

(24Hours) 13% 25%
Schools and
University 15% 27%
Open Gallery
Mall 18% 27%
Shopping Mall
4% 7%
Supermarket
20% 32%
Strip retail 20% 34%
12.7 Schedules
Table 12.12 Schedules for Business - Office Buildings

Business - Office
External
Elevator Schedules Lighting Basement Ventilation Basement Lighting
Schedule
Time Period
24 Hours
24 Hours
24 Hours
Business
Business
Business
Business
Business
Business
Daytime
Daytime
Daytime
7 Days/
week
00:00-01 00 0.05 0.55 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00

01:00-02:00 0.05 0.25 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
02:00-03:00 0.05 0.25 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
03:00-04:00 0.05 0.15 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
04:00-05:00 0.05 0.35 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
05:00-06:00 0.05 0.50 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
06:00-07:00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
07:00-08:00 0.40 0.40 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
08:00-09:00 0.80 0.80 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
09:00-10:00 0.80 0.80 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 0.55 0.55 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 0.35 0.35 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 0.25 0.25 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 0.95 0.95 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 0.95 0.95 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 0.35 0.35 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 0.15 0.35 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 0.75 0.70 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
18:00-19:00 0.95 0.95 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
19:00-20:00 0.50 0.50 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

20:00-21:00 0.30 0.35 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
21:00-22:00 0.20 0.25 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
22:00-23:00 0.05 0.25 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00
23:00-24:00 0.05 0.55 0.80 0.00 1.00 0.05 1.00

Table 12.13 Schedules for Business - Office Buildings daytime business
Business – Office Daytime Business
HVAC
Equipment
Occupancy Schedule Lighting Schedule FanSchedule
Schedule
(On/Off)
Corridor/ Lobby
Corridor/ Lobby
Corridor/ Lobby
Meeting Room
Conference/
Conference/
Conference/
Conference/
Time Period
Meeting
Meeting
Meeting
Office/
Office
Office
Office
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
07:00-08:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1 0
08:00-09:00 0.20 0.70 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.10 0.00 1 1
09:00-10:00 0.95 0.80 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.90 0.00 1 1
10:00-11:00 0.95 0.70 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
11:00-12:00 0.95 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
12:00-13:00 0.95 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
13:00-14:00 0.50 0.80 0.5 0.50 0.90 0.50 0.80 0.50 1 1
14:00-15:00 0.95 0.50 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
15:00-16:00 0.95 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
16:00-17:00 0.95 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
17:00-18:00 0.95 0.80 0.75 0.95 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
18:00-19:00 0.30 0.70 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.90 1 1
19:00-20:00 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.30 0.90 0.00 0.10 0.00 1 0
20:00-21:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.10 0.00 1 0
21:00-22:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0

Table 12.14 Schedules for Business - Office Buildings 24 hr business

Business – Office 24-hour Business
HVAC
Equipment
Occupancy Schedule Lighting Schedule FanSchedule
Schedule
(On/Off)
Office/ Corridor/
Corridor/ Lobby
Corridor/ Lobby
Conference/
Conference/
Conference/
Conference/
Time Period
Meeting
Meeting
Meeting
Meeting
Lobby/
Office
Office
Office
00:00-01:00 0.90 0.20 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
01:00-02:00 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
02:00-03:00 0.90 0.20 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
03:00-04:00 0.90 0.20 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
04:00-05:00 0.50 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.90 1
05:00-06:00 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.05 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.90 1
06:00-07:00 0.10 0.50 0.50 0.05 0.50 0.50 0.00 0.90 1
07:00-08:00 0.10 0.50 0.00 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
08:00-09:00 0.90 0.70 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
09:00-10:00 0.90 0.80 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.90 1
10:00-11:00 0.90 0.70 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.90 1
11:00-12:00 0.90 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.90 1
12:00-13:00 0.90 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.90 1
13:00-14:00 0.20 0.80 0.25 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.20 0.50 1
14:00-15:00 0.90 0.50 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.90 1
15:00-16:00 0.90 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.90 1
16:00-17:00 0.90 0.30 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.90 1
17:00-18:00 0.90 0.80 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.90 1
18:00-19:00 0.90 0.70 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.90 1
19:00-20:00 0.20 0.30 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
20:00-21:00 0.90 0.20 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95 0.00 1
21:00-22:00 0.90 0.20 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.90 1
22:00-23:00 0.90 0.20 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.90 1
23:00-24:00 0.90 0.20 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.20 0.90 1

Table 12.15 Schedules for Business – Server Room
Business Building - Server Room
Equipment
Occupancy Schedule Lighting Schedule
Schedule HVAC Fan
Time Period Schedule
Business
Business
business
business
Daytime
Daytime
24-hour
24-hour
running
All time

(ON/OFF)
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1

01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
05:00-06:00 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
06:00-07:00 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
07:00-08:00 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
08:00-09:00 1.00 1.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
09:00-10:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
10:00-11:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
11:00-12:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
12:00-13:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
13:00-14:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
14:00-15:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
15:00-16:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
16:00-17:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
17:00-18:00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.50 1.00 1
18:00-19:00 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.50 1.00 1
19:00-20:00 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.50 1.00 1
20:00-21:00 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.50 1.00 1
21:00-22:00 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.50 1.00 1
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 1.00 1
Table 12.16 Schedules for Assembly building (A)

Assembly Buildings – Common Areas
HVAC Fan Schedule (On/Off)
External
Elevator Seating/ Meeting/ Basement Basement
Time Period Exhibit Lighting
Schedule Public Conference Ventilation Lighting
Space Schedule
Space Room
00:00-01:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
01:00-02:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
02:00-03:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
03:00-04:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05

04:00-05:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05

05:00-06:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
06:00-07:00 0.00 0 0 1 0.00 0.00 0.05
07:00-08:00 0.00 1 1 1 0.00 0.00 0.05
08:00-09:00 0.20 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
09:00-10:00 0.50 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 0.50 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 0.50 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 0.50 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 0.50 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 0.50 0 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 0.50 0 1 0 0.00 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 0.50 0 1 0 0.00 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 0.50 0 0 0 0.00 1.00 0.50
18:00-19:00 0.50 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
19:00-20:00 0.40 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
20:00-21:00 0.20 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
21:00-22:00 0.20 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
22:00-23:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
23:00-24:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
Table 12.17 Schedules for Assembly building (B)

Assembly Buildings
Occupancy Schedule Lighting Schedule Equipment Schedule
Seating/Public
Seating/Public
Exhibit Space
Exhibit Space
Exhibit Space
Conference
Conference
Conference
Meeting/
Meeting/
Meeting/
Time Period
Space
Space
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00

01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
07:00-08:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
08:00-09:00 0.50 0.50 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.10 0.00 0.00
09:00-10:00 0.60 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80
10:00-11:00 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80
11:00-12:00 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80

12:00-13:00 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80
13:00-14:00 0.90 0.25 0.50 0.90 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
14:00-15:00 0.90 0.25 0.75 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.80
15:00-16:00 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80
16:00-17:00 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80

17:00-18:00 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80
18:00-19:00 0.80 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.00
19:00-20:00 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
20:00-21:00 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
21:00-22:00 0.70 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
22:00-23:00 0.60 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
23:00-24:00 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
Table 12.18 Schedules for Assembly building (C)

Assembly Buildings - Museum
Occupancy Lighting HVAC Fan Schedule(ON/OFF)
Equipment Schedule
Schedule Schedule
Restoration
Restoration
Restoration
Restoration
Exhibition
Exhibition
Exhibition
Exhibition
Time Period
Museum
Museum
Museum
Museum
Museum
Museum
Museum
Museum
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0

02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
07:00-08:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 1 1
08:00-09:00 0.50 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.90 1 1
09:00-10:00 0.50 0.25 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.25 1 1
10:00-11:00 0.80 0.25 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.25 1 1
11:00-12:00 0.80 0.25 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.25 1 1
12:00-13:00 0.80 0.25 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.25 1 1
13:00-14:00 0.25 0.80 0.50 0.90 0.50 0.90 1 1
14:00-15:00 0.25 0.80 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.90 1 1
15:00-16:00 0.80 0.25 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.25 1 1
16:00-17:00 0.80 0.25 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.25 1 1
17:00-18:00 0.80 0.25 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.25 1 1
18:00-19:00 0.25 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.90 1 1
19:00-20:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 1 1

20:00-21:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0

21:00-22:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0 0
Table 12.19 Schedules for Assembly building (D)

Assembly Buildings – Gym and Transport
Occupancy Equipment HVAC Fan Schedule
Lighting Schedule
Schedule Schedule (ON/OFF)
Transport
Transport
Transport
Transport
Buildings
Buildings
Buildings
Buildings
Time Period
Gym
Gym
Gym
Gym
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0 1
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0 1
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0 1
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0 1
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.80 1 1
05:00-06:00 0.60 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.90 1 1
06:00-07:00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.90 1 1
07:00-08:00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.90 1 1
08:00-09:00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.90 1 1
09:00-10:00 0.60 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.50 0.90 1 1
10:00-11:00 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.20 0.20 0.90 1 1
11:00-12:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 1 1
12:00-13:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 1 1
13:00-14:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50 1 1
14:00-15:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 1 1
15:00-16:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 1 1
16:00-17:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 1 1
17:00-18:00 0.60 0.75 0.75 0.50 0.50 0.90 1 1
18:00-19:00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.90 1 1
19:00-20:00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.90 1 1
20:00-21:00 0.60 0.90 0.90 0.75 0.75 0.90 1 1
21:00-22:00 0.20 0.75 0.75 0.50 0.50 0.50 1 1
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0 1
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0 1

Table 12.20 Schedules for Health care and hospital Building (A)
Healthcare - Hospital
emergency & OT
emergency & OT
emergency & OT
In Patient & ICU
In Patient & ICU
In Patient & ICU

OPD & Offices
OPD & Offices
OPD & Offices

Public Spaces
Public Spaces
Diagnostic,
Diagnostic,
Diagnostic,

Time Period
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
00:00-01:00 0.9 0 0 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0 0
01:00-02:00 0.9 0 0 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0 0
02:00-03:00 0.9 0 0 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0 0
03:00-04:00 0.9 0 0 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0 0
04:00-05:00 0.9 0 0 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0 0
05:00-06:00 0.9 0 0 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0 0
06:00-07:00 0.9 0 0 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.4 0 0
07:00-08:00 0.9 0.1 0.1 0.7 0.5 0.2 0.5 0.3 0.7 0.7 0.7
08:00-09:00 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.7 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
09:00-10:00 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
10:00-11:00 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
11:00-12:00 0.9 0.95 0.5 0.95 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
12:00-13:00 0.9 0.95 0.2 0.95 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
13:00-14:00 0.9 0.95 0.5 0.95 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.5 0.9 0.9 0.9
14:00-15:00 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
15:00-16:00 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
16:00-17:00 0.9 0.95 0.9 0.95 0.3 0.2 0.9 0.9 0.6 0.6 0.9
17:00-18:00 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.95 0.3 0.7 0.9 0.9 0.6 0.6 0.9
18:00-19:00 0.9 0.5 0.5 0.95 0.3 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6
19:00-20:00 0.9 0.3 0.5 0.95 0.3 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6
20:00-21:00 0.9 0.1 0.5 0.7 0.3 0.9 0.5 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6
21:00-22:00 0.9 0 0.1 0.7 0.3 0.9 0.5 0.2 0.6 0 0
22:00-23:00 0.9 0 0 0.5 0.3 0.7 0.5 0.1 0.6 0 0
23:00-24:00 0.9 0 0 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0 0

Table 12.21 Schedules for Health care and hospital Building (B)

Healthcare - Hospital
Service Hot
External Lighting Schedule

Basement Ventilation
Water
Basement Lighting
Diagn, emerg, & OT
Building Summer
Building Winters
Elevators
OPD & Offices
Public Spaces
Time Period Beds & ICU

7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
00:00-01:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
01:00-02:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
02:00-03:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
03:00-04:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
04:00-05:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
05:00-06:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
06:00-07:00 0 1 1 0 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
07:00-08:00 1 1 1 0 0.00 0.50 0.00 0.20 0.50 0.50
08:00-09:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 0.75 0.20 0.60 1.00 1.00
09:00-10:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.30 0.60 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.30 0.80 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.30 0.80 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 0.75 0.25 0.70 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.25 0.80 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.25 0.80 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.25 0.70 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.25 0.70 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 0.10 0.50 1.00 1.00
18:00-19:00 1 1 1 1 1.00 0.50 0.00 0.35 1.00 1.00
19:00-20:00 1 1 1 1 1.00 0.50 0.00 0.35 1.00 1.00
20:00-21:00 1 1 1 1 1.00 0.50 0.00 0.35 1.00 1.00
21:00-22:00 1 1 1 0 1.00 0.30 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
22:00-23:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50
23:00-24:00 0 1 1 0 1.00 0.20 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.50

Table 12-22 Schedules for Health -Out Patient Health Care Building (A)
Healthcare – Out-patient Healthcare
Diagnostic &
Diagnostic &
Diagnostic &
OPD & Back
OPD & Back
OPD & Back

Emergency
Emergency
Emergency
Office
Office
Office
Lobby

Time Period
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00
07:00-08:00 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.30 0.50 0.00
08:00-09:00 0.50 0.30 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
09:00-10:00 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
10:00-11:00 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
11:00-12:00 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
12:00-13:00 0.80 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
13:00-14:00 0.80 0.90 0.20 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95
14:00-15:00 0.80 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
15:00-16:00 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
16:00-17:00 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95
17:00-18:00 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.95
18:00-19:00 0.80 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.95
19:00-20:00 0.80 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.30 0.95 0.95
20:00-21:00 0.20 0.65 0.20 0.90 0.30 0.80 0.80
21:00-22:00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.20 0.00 0.00
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.00
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00

Table 12.23 Schedules for Health -Out Patient Health Care Building (B)

Healthcare - Out-patient Healthcare
HVAC Fan Service
Basement Basement
Schedule External Hot Water
Elevator Ventilation Lighting
(On/Off) Lighting (SHW)
Schedule
Schedule Building Building
Time Period All Spaces
Summer Winters
7 Days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
6 days/
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
00:00-01:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
01:00-02:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
02:00-03:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
03:00-04:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
04:00-05:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
05:00-06:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:00-07:00 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
07:00-08:00 0.50 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.00
08:00-09:00 0.75 1 0.00 0.20 0.60 1.00 1.00
09:00-10:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.30 0.60 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.30 0.80 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.30 0.80 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 0.75 1 0.00 0.25 0.70 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.25 0.80 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.25 0.80 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.25 0.70 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.25 0.70 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 1.00 1 0.00 0.10 0.50 1.00 1.00
18:00-19:00 0.50 1 0.50 0.01 0.20 1.00 1.00
19:00-20:00 0.50 1 0.50 0.01 0.20 1.00 1.00
20:00-21:00 0.50 1 0.50 0.01 0.20 1.00 1.00
21:00-22:00 0.30 0 0.50 0.01 0.10 1.00 1.00
22:00-23:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00
23:00-24:00 0.05 0 0.20 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

Table 12.24 Schedules for Educational School building (A)
Educational – School Building
External
Elevator HVAC Fan Schedule Basement Basement
Lighting
Schedule (On/Off) Ventilation Lighting
Schedule
Back Corridor/

Student
Time Period 7 Days/ Area Office Lobby
5 Days/
5 Days/
5 Days/
7 Days/
7 Days/
7 Days/
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
00:00-01:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
01:00-02:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
02:00-03:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
03:00-04:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
04:00-05:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
05:00-06:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
06:00-07:00 0.05 0 0 1 0.00 0.00 0.05
07:00-08:00 0.80 1 1 1 0.00 0.00 0.05
08:00-09:00 0.80 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
09:00-10:00 0.25 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 0.25 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 0.25 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 0.25 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 0.90 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 0.60 0 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 0.20 0 1 0 0.00 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 0.30 0 1 0 0.00 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 0.40 0 0 0 0.00 1.00 0.50
18:00-19:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
19:00-20:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
20:00-21:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
21:00-22:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
22:00-23:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
23:00-24:00 0.00 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05

Table 12.25 Schedules for Educational School building (B)

Educational – School Buildings
Equipment
Schedule
Back Office
Back Office
Back Office
Time Period
Corridor/
Corridor/
Student
Student
Student
Lobby
Lobby
Zone
Zone
Zone
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00
07:00-08:00 0.70 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.70 0.90 0.35 0.35
08:00-09:00 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95
09:00-10:00 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95
10:00-11:00 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95
11:00-12:00 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.95
12:00-13:00 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95
13:00-14:00 0.90 0.20 0.50 0.90 0.30 0.50 0.95 0.40
14:00-15:00 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95
15:00-16:00 0.00 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.95
16:00-17:00 0.00 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.90 0.50 0.00 0.95
17:00-18:00 0.00 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.25
18:00-19:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00
19:00-20:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20:00-21:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
21:00-22:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Table 12.26 Schedules for Educational University building (A)
Educational – University Buildings

Elevator
External Lighting Schedule

Schedule

Basement Lighting
Student and Back office
Library & Comp. Centre

Library & Comp. Centre
Corridor/ Lobby
Student Area
Back Office
Time Period
7 days/
7 days/
5 days/
5 days/
7 days/
5 days/
7 days/
7 days/
7 days/
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.05 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.05
07:00-08:00 0.00 0.25 1 1 1 1 0.00 0.00 0.05
08:00-09:00 0.50 0.85 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
09:00-10:00 0.50 0.25 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 0.30 0.25 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 0.20 0.25 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 0.20 0.25 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 0.40 0.90 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 0.30 0.60 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 0.30 0.25 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 0.30 0.25 1 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 0.50 0.90 1 0 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00
18:00-19:00 0.50 0.15 0 0 1 1 0.80 1.00 1.00
19:00-20:00 0.50 0.05 0 0 1 0 0.80 1.00 1.00
20:00-21:00 0.50 0.00 0 0 1 0 0.80 0.00 0.50
21:00-22:00 0.50 0.00 0 0 1 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
22:00-23:00 0.50 0.00 0 0 1 0 0.80 0.00 0.05
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0.80 0.00 0.05

Table 12.27 Schedules for Educational University building (B)

Educational – University Buildings
Computer Centre
Computer Centre
Computer Centre
Corridor/ Lobby
Corridor/ Lobby
Student Zone
Student Zone
Student Zone
Back Office
Back Office
Back Office
Library &
Library &
Library &
Time Period
5 Days/
5 Days/
5 Days/
5 Days/
5 Days/
7 Days/
5 Days/
5 Days/
5 Days/
7 Days/
7Days/
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10
07:00-08:00 0.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.35 0.35 0.10
08:00-09:00 0.90 0.90 0.30 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.70
09:00-10:00 0.90 0.90 0.40 0.30 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95 0.70
10:00-11:00 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.30 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95 0.70
11:00-12:00 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.30 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95 0.70
12:00-13:00 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.70
13:00-14:00 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.60 0.30 0.20 0.90 0.20 0.40 0.70
14:00-15:00 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.30 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95 0.70
15:00-16:00 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.30 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95 0.70
16:00-17:00 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.70 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.95 0.95 0.70
17:00-18:00 0.40 0.00 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.90 0.90 0.95 0.10 0.80
18:00-19:00 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.80
19:00-20:00 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.80
20:00-21:00 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.80
21:00-22:00 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.80
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.80
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00

Table 12.28 Schedules for Hospitality building (A)
Hospitality
External
Elevator
Basement Lighting
Lighting Service Hot Water (SHW)

Schedule
Schedule
Gu e s t
Laundry
Kitchen
rooms
Time Period
Days/
Days/
Days/
Days/
Days/
Week Days
Week Days
Weekends
Weekends
week
week
week
week
week
7
7
00:00-01:00 0.10 0.10 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50
01:00-02:00 0.10 0.10 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50
02:00-03:00 0.10 0.10 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50
03:00-04:00 0.10 0.10 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50
04:00-05:00 0.10 0.10 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50
05:00-06:00 0.20 0.20 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50
06:00-07:00 0.40 0.50 0.00 0.50 0.70 0.60 0.00 0.50 0.50
07:00-08:00 0.50 0.60 0.00 0.50 0.70 0.80 0.00 0.50 0.50
08:00-09:00 0.50 0.60 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00
09:00-10:00 0.35 0.40 0.00 0.15 0.30 0.60 1.00 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.15 0.20 0.60 1.00 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.15 0.20 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.15 0.20 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.15 0.20 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.15 0.20 0.60 1.00 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 0.15 0.20 0.00 0.15 0.20 0.60 1.00 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 0.35 0.40 0.00 0.15 0.20 0.60 0.00 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 0.50 0.60 0.00 0.30 0.30 0.80 0.00 1.00 1.00
18:00-19:00 0.50 0.60 1.00 0.50 0.50 0.80 0.00 1.00 1.00
19:00-20:00 0.50 0.60 1.00 0.50 0.70 0.80 0.00 1.00 1.00
20:00-21:00 0.50 0.60 1.00 0.65 0.70 0.80 0.00 1.00 1.00
21:00-22:00 0.30 0.40 1.00 0.65 0.90 0.80 0.00 0.50 0.50
22:00-23:00 0.20 0.30 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.60 0.00 0.50 0.50
23:00-24:00 0.10 0.10 1.00 0.01 0.01 0.60 0.00 0.50 0.50

Table 12.29 Schedules for Hospitality building (B)

Hospitality - Occupancy
Occupancy Schedule
Banquet Room
Public Spaces
Conference/
Guest Room
Back Office
Restaurant
Kitchen
Lobby
Time Period
Week Days
Week Days
Week Days
Week Days
Week Days
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends
7 Days/
7 Days/
week
week
00:00-01:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00
01:00-02:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00
02:00-03:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00
03:00-04:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00
04:00-05:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00
05:00-06:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00
06:00-07:00 0.50 0.70 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.50
07:00-08:00 0.50 0.70 0.30 0.40 0.40 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.80
08:00-09:00 0.30 0.50 0.40 0.70 0.40 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.80
09:00-10:00 0.15 0.30 0.40 0.70 0.40 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.95 0.50 0.50 0.50
10:00-11:00 0.15 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.40 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.95 0.50 0.90 0.50
11:00-12:00 0.15 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.95 0.50 0.90 0.80
12:00-13:00 0.15 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.20 0.30 0.80 0.80 0.95 0.50 0.90 0.80
13:00-14:00 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.80 0.80 0.50 0.30 0.90 0.80
14:00-15:00 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.80 0.80 0.95 0.50 0.90 0.50
15:00-16:00 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.95 0.50 0.90 0.50
16:00-17:00 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.95 0.50 0.90 0.50
17:00-18:00 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.95 0.50 0.50 0.80
18:00-19:00 0.50 0.50 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.70 0.50 0.50 0.30 0.30 0.20 0.80
19:00-20:00 0.50 0.70 0.40 0.40 0.80 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.80
20:00-21:00 0.65 0.70 0.30 0.30 0.90 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.80
21:00-22:00 0.65 0.90 0.20 0.20 0.80 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.80
22:00-23:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.60 0.60 0.80 0.90 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.50
23:00-24:00 0.65 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.90 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.50

Table 12.30 Schedules for Hospitality building (C)
Hospitality – Lighting
Lighting Schedule
Banquet Room
Public Spaces
Conference/
Guest Room
Back Office
Restaurant

Kitchen
Lobby
Time Period
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
Week Days
Week Days
Week Days
Week Days
Week Days
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends
00:00-01:00 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.50
01:00-02:00 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.15 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.05
02:00-03:00 0.10 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.05
03:00-04:00 0.10 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.05
04:00-05:00 0.10 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.05
05:00-06:00 0.20 0.10 0.30 0.30 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.05
06:00-07:00 0.45 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.10
07:00-08:00 0.55 0.40 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.30 0.50 0.50 0.30 0.30 0.00 0.30
08:00-09:00 0.45 0.55 0.40 0.70 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.60 0.50 0.90
09:00-10:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.60 0.80 0.90
10:00-11:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.90
11:00-12:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.90
12:00-13:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.70 0.20 0.40 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.90
13:00-14:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.40 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.50
14:00-15:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.40 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.90
15:00-16:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.90
16:00-17:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.90
17:00-18:00 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.40 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.95 0.60 0.50 0.95
18:00-19:00 0.70 0.85 0.40 0.40 0.60 0.60 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.95
19:00-20:00 0.90 1.00 0.40 0.40 0.80 0.70 0.90 0.90 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.95
20:00-21:00 1.00 1.00 0.30 0.30 0.90 0.70 0.90 0.90 0.30 0.30 0.00 0.95
21:00-22:00 0.90 1.00 0.40 0.40 0.80 0.70 0.90 0.90 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.95
22:00-23:00 0.70 0.85 0.30 0.30 0.60 0.60 0.90 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.95
23:00-24:00 0.30 0.40 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.90 0.90 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.95

Table 12.30 Schedules for Hospitality building (D)

Hospitality – Equipment
Equipment Schedule
Conference/
Public
Guest Room Restaurant Back Office Banquet Kitchen
Spaces
Room
Time Period
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
Week Days
Week Days
Week Days
Weekends
Weekends
Weekends
00:00-01:00 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.50 0.50 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.30
01:00-02:00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.10
02:00-03:00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.10
03:00-04:00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.10
04:00-05:00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.10
05:00-06:00 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.10
06:00-07:00 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.30
07:00-08:00 0.40 0.60 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.30
08:00-09:00 0.70 0.90 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.30
09:00-10:00 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.95 0.70 0.50 0.30
10:00-11:00 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.60 0.60 0.95 0.70 0.90 0.30
11:00-12:00 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.60 0.60 0.95 0.70 0.90 0.30
12:00-13:00 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.80 0.80 0.95 0.70 0.90 0.30
13:00-14:00 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.80 0.80 0.50 0.70 0.90 0.30
14:00-15:00 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.80 0.80 0.95 0.70 0.90 0.30
15:00-16:00 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.60 0.60 0.95 0.70 0.90 0.30
16:00-17:00 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.60 0.60 0.95 0.70 0.90 0.30
17:00-18:00 0.30 0.30 0.35 0.60 0.60 0.95 0.70 0.50 0.30
18:00-19:00 0.50 0.50 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.30
19:00-20:00 0.50 0.50 0.90 0.80 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.50 0.30
20:00-21:00 0.50 0.70 0.90 0.80 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.30
21:00-22:00 0.70 0.70 0.90 0.80 0.90 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.30
22:00-23:00 0.40 0.40 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.30
23:00-24:00 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.30

Table 12.31 Schedules for Hospitality building (E)
Hospitality –HVAC Fan Schedules

HVAC Fan Schedule
Conference/
Guest Public Back

Lobby Restaurants Banquet Kitchen
Room Spaces Office
Time Period Room
7 Days/
7 Days/
7 Days/
7 Days/
7 Days/
7 Days/
7 Days/
week
week
week
week
week
week
week
00:00-01:00 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
01:00-02:00 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
02:00-03:00 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
03:00-04:00 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
04:00-05:00 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
05:00-06:00 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
06:00-07:00 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
07:00-08:00 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
08:00-09:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
09:00-10:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
10:00-11:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
11:00-12:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
12:00-13:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
13:00-14:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
14:00-15:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
15:00-16:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
16:00-17:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
17:00-18:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
18:00-19:00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
19:00-20:00 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
20:00-21:00 1 1 1 1 0 1 1
21:00-22:00 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
22:00-23:00 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
23:00-24:00 1 0 1 1 0 0 1

Table 12.32 Schedules for Shopping Complex building (A)

Shopping Complex
HVAC Fan Schedule
(ON/OFF) External
Basement Basement Elevator
Lighting
Corridor Special Schedule Ventilation Lighting Schedule
Retail
& Atrium Zones
Time Period 7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
Weekends
Weekdays
00:00-01:00 0 0 0 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.20 0.20
01:00-02:00 0 0 0 0.50 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.20
02:00-03:00 0 0 0 0.50 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05
03:00-04:00 0 0 0 0.50 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05
04:00-05:00 0 0 0 0.50 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05
05:00-06:00 0 0 0 0.50 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05
06:00-07:00 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05
07:00-08:00 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.10
08:00-09:00 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.10
09:00-10:00 0 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.20 0.20
10:00-11:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.40 0.40
11:00-12:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.70
12:00-13:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.80
13:00-14:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.95
14:00-15:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.95
15:00-16:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.95
16:00-17:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.95
17:00-18:00 1 1 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.95
18:00-19:00 1 1 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.95
19:00-20:00 1 1 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.95
20:00-21:00 1 1 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.95
21:00-22:00 0 1 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.80
22:00-23:00 0 1 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.50 0.60
23:00-24:00 0 1 1 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 0.40

Table 12.33 Schedules for Shopping Complex building (B)
Shopping Complex
Equipment

Schedule
Special Zone
Special Zone
Special Zone
Corridors &
Corridors &
Atrium
Atrium
Retail
Retail
Retail
Time Period
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
Weekend
Weekend
Weekend
Weekday
Weekday
Weekday
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
07:00-08:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
08:00-09:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.50
09:00-10:00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.05 0.50
10:00-11:00 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.40 0.90 0.90
11:00-12:00 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.30 0.50 0.95 0.50 0.60 0.90 0.90
12:00-13:00 0.60 0.70 0.60 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.95 0.50 0.60 0.90 0.90
13:00-14:00 0.60 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.50 0.70 0.95 0.50 0.60 0.90 0.90
14:00-15:00 0.70 0.90 0.70 0.90 0.50 0.70 0.95 0.50 0.60 0.90 0.90
15:00-16:00 0.70 0.90 0.70 0.90 0.50 0.80 0.95 0.50 0.40 0.90 0.90
16:00-17:00 0.70 0.90 0.70 0.90 0.50 0.80 0.95 0.70 0.40 0.90 0.90
17:00-18:00 0.70 0.90 0.70 0.90 0.50 0.80 0.95 0.95 0.40 0.90 0.90
18:00-19:00 0.90 0.95 0.90 0.95 0.60 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.80 0.90 0.90
19:00-20:00 0.90 0.95 0.90 0.95 0.60 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.80 0.90 0.90
20:00-21:00 0.90 0.95 0.90 0.95 0.60 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.80 0.50 0.90
21:00-22:00 0.00 0.00 0.40 0.40 0.60 0.95 0.05 0.50 0.80 0.05 0.90
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30 0.60 0.95 0.05 0.30 0.80 0.05 0.90
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.10 0.10 0.30 0.95 0.05 0.30 0.80 0.05 0.90

12.34 Schedules for Shopping Complex buildings- Food court

Shopping Complex - Food Court
Occupancy Equipment HVAC Fan
Lighting Schedule
Schedule Schedule Schedule
Food Preparation
Food Preparation
Food Preparation
Food Preparation
Family Dining
Family Dining
Family Dining
Family Dining
Bar Lounge
Bar Lounge
Bar Lounge
Bar Lounge
Time Period
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.50 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.70 0.50 0.60 0.70 1 0 1
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
07:00-08:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
08:00-09:00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0
09:00-10:00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.00 0 0 0
10:00-11:00 0.20 0.50 0.00 0.50 0.70 0.00 0.60 0.70 0.00 0 1 0
11:00-12:00 0.20 0.80 0.00 0.50 0.90 0.00 0.60 0.70 0.00 1 1 0
12:00-13:00 0.70 0.80 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.80 0.70 0.00 1 1 0
13:00-14:00 0.70 0.80 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.80 0.70 0.00 1 1 0
14:00-15:00 0.70 0.80 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.80 0.70 0.00 1 1 0
15:00-16:00 0.20 0.50 0.00 0.50 0.70 0.00 0.60 0.40 0.00 1 1 0
16:00-17:00 0.20 0.30 0.00 0.50 0.50 0.00 0.60 0.40 0.00 1 1 1
17:00-18:00 0.20 0.30 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.70 0.60 0.40 0.70 1 1 1
18:00-19:00 0.50 0.50 0.70 0.90 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.40 0.70 1 1 1
19:00-20:00 0.80 0.90 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 1 1 1
20:00-21:00 0.80 0.90 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 1 1 1
21:00-22:00 0.80 0.90 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 1 1 1
22:00-23:00 0.80 0.90 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 1 1 1
23:00-24:00 0.50 0.50 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.80 0.40 0.70 1 1 1

Table 12.35 Schedules for Shopping Complex – strip reatial & Supermall Building
Strip Retail & Supermall
Equipment
Schedule
Schedule
HVAC Fan Schedule

Lighting
Basement Lighting
Elevator Schedule
External Lighting
Occupancy
Schedule
Schedule
(On/Off)

Spaces
Spaces
Retail &
All
All
Time Period Circulation
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
7 Days/ week
Weekends
Weekends
Weekdays
Weekdays
00:00-01:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05
01:00-02:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05
02:00-03:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05
03:00-04:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05
04:00-05:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05
05:00-06:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05
06:00-07:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.05
07:00-08:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.05
08:00-09:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.10 0.10 0.00 0.00 0.05
09:00-10:00 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.05 1 0.20 0.20 0.00 1.00 1.00
10:00-11:00 0.40 0.40 0.50 0.90 1 0.40 0.40 0.00 1.00 1.00
11:00-12:00 0.60 0.60 0.95 0.90 1 0.70 0.70 0.00 1.00 1.00
12:00-13:00 0.60 0.70 0.95 0.90 1 0.70 0.80 0.00 1.00 1.00
13:00-14:00 0.60 0.90 0.95 0.90 1 0.70 0.95 0.00 1.00 1.00
14:00-15:00 0.70 0.90 0.95 0.90 1 0.70 0.95 0.00 1.00 1.00
15:00-16:00 0.70 0.90 0.95 0.90 1 0.70 0.95 0.00 1.00 1.00
16:00-17:00 0.70 0.90 0.95 0.90 1 0.70 0.95 0.00 1.00 1.00
17:00-18:00 0.70 0.90 0.95 0.90 1 0.80 0.95 0.00 1.00 1.00
18:00-19:00 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.90 1 0.80 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00
19:00-20:00 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.90 1 0.80 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00
20:00-21:00 0.90 0.95 0.95 0.50 1 0.80 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00
21:00-22:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.20 0.50
22:00-23:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05
23:00-24:00 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.05

simulations shall use the heat transfer coefficient
Appendix 1 based on the center of glass temperature and the
entire window height; this film coefficient shall be
used on all indoor surfaces, including frame
A1. Default Values for Typical Constructions sections. In Section 8.3.2 of ISO 15099, the formula
APPENDICES
from this section shall be applied to all outdoor
exposed surfaces.
A1.1 Procedure for Determining
Fenestration Product U-factor and Solar (g) Section 8.4.2 of ISO 15099 presents two
possible approaches for incorporating the
Heat Gain Coefficient
impacts of self-viewing surfaces on interior
Section 5.2.1-(a) and Section 5.2.1-(b) require that U- radiative heat transfer calculations. Products
factors and solar heat gain coefficients (SHGC) be shall use the method in Section 8.4.2.1 of ISO
determined for the overall fenestration product 15099 (Two-Dimensional Element to Element
(including the sash and frame) in accordance with ISO View Factor Based Radiation Heat Transfer
15099. Calculation). The alternate approach in Section
8.4.3 of ISO 15099 shall not be used.
In several cases, ISO 15099 suggests that individual
national standards will need to be more specific and in
A1.2 Default U-factors, Visible Light
other cases the ISO document gives users the choice of
two options. This section clarifies these specific issues as Transmittance and Solar Heat Gain
they are to be implemented for this code: Coefficients for Unrated Fenestration
Products
(a) Section 4.1 of ISO 15099: For calculating the
overall U-factor, ISO 15099 offers a choice All fenestration with U-factors, SHGC, or visible light
between the linear thermal transmittance transmittance determined, certified, and labeled in
(4.1.2) and the area weighted method (4.1.3). accordance ISO 15099 shall be assigned those values.
The area weighted method (4.1.3) shall be used.
A1.2.1 Unrated Vertical Fenestration.
(b) Section 4.2.2 of ISO 15099: Frame and divider
SHGC’s shall be calculated in accordance with For unrated vertical fenestration, both operable and
Section 4.2.2. The alternate approach in Section fixed, the glass VLT reported by manufacturer must
8.6 shall not be used. meet or exceed 0.37 (as it accounts for framing). The
SHGC values reported by glass manufacturer must meet
(c) Section 6.4 of ISO 15099 refers the issue of
material properties to national standards. or exceed the Standardized requirements in Table 5-9,
Material conductivities and emissivity shall be Table 5-10 and Table 5-11 for compliance.
determined in accordance with Indian
U-factors for unrated vertical fenestration, both
standards.
operable and fixed, shall be assigned as per Table A1.1.
(d) Section 7 of ISO 15099 on shading systems is
currently excluded.
Table A1.1: Defaults for Unrated Fenestration (Overall
(e) Section 8.2 of ISO 15099 addresses Assembly including the Sash and Frame)
environmental conditions. The following are
defined for India: Frame Type Glazing Type U-Factor
(W/m2.K)
For U-factor calculations: All frame types Single Glazing 7.1
Tin = 24 C Wood, vinyl, or fiberglass Double Glazing 3.4
Tout = 32 C frame or metal frame with (COG U value
thermal break >1.6 W/m2.K)
V = 3.35 m/s
Trm,out=Tout Wood, vinyl, or fiberglass Double Glazing 3.0
frame or metal frame with (COG U value
Trm,in=Tin thermal break <1.6 W/m2.K)
Is=0 W/m2
Metal and other frame Double Glazing 5.1
For SHGC calculations: type
Tin = 24 C
Tout = 32 C
V = 2.75 m/s A1.3 Typical Roof Constructions
Trm,out=Tout For calculating the overall U-factor of a typical roof
Trm,in=Tin construction, the U-factors from the typical wall
Is=783 W/m2 construction type and effective U-factor for insulation
(f) Section 8.3 of ISO 15099 addresses convective film shall be combined according to the following equation:
coefficients on the interior and exterior of the
window product. In Section 8.3.1 of ISO 15099,

1
U TotalRoof =
1 1
+
U TypicalRoof U TyipcalInsulation
APPENDICES
where
UTotalRoof Total U-factor of the

roof with insulation
UTypical Roof U-factor of the roof
UTypical Insulation U-factor of the

effective insulation
A1.4 Typical Wall Constructions

For calculating the overall U-factor of a typical wall
construction, the U-factors from the typical wall
construction type and effective U-factor for insulation
shall be combined according to the following equation:
1
U TotalWall =
1 1
+
U TypicalWall U TyipcalInsulation
where
UTotalWall Total U-factor of the wall with

insulation
UTypical Wall U-factor of the wall
UTypical Insulation U-factor of the effective

insulation

Table A1.2: Typical Thermal Properties of Common Building and Insulating Materials
Description
APPENDICES
Specific
Density Conductivityb k, Resistance R,
Heat,
kg/m3 W/(m·K) (m2·K)/W kJ/(kg·K)
Building Board and Siding
Board
Asbestos/cement board 1900 0.57 - 1
Cement board 1150 0.25 - 0.84
Fiber/cement board 1400 0.25 - 0.84
1000 0.19 - 0.84
400 0.07 - 1.88
300 0.06 - 1.88
Gypsum or plaster board 640 0.16 - 1.15
Oriented strand board (OSB) 9 to 11 mm 650 - 0.11 1.88
Oriented strand board (OSB) 12.7 mm 650 - 0.12 1.88
Plywood (douglas fir) 12.7 mm 460 - 0.14 1.88
Plywood (douglas fir) 15.9 mm 540 - 0.15 1.88
Plywood/wood panels 19.0 mm 550 - 0.19 1.88
Vegetable fiber board -
Sheathing, regular densitye 12.7 mm 290 - 0.23 1.3
Intermediate densitye .. 12.7 mm 350 - 0.19 1.3
Nail-base sheathinge 12.7 mm 400 - 0.19 1.3
Shingle backer 9.5 mm 290 - 0.17 1.3
Sound deadening board. 12.7 mm 240 - 0.24 1.26
Tile and lay-in panels, plain or acoustic 290 0.058 - 0.59
Laminated paperboard 480 0.072 - 1.38
Homogeneous board from repulped paper 480 0.072 - 1.17
Hardboarde
Medium density 800 0.105 - 1.3
High density, service-tempered 880 0.12 - 1.34
Grade and service grade
High density, standard-tempered grade 1010 0.144 - 1.34
Particleboarde
Low density 590 0.102 - 1.3
Medium density 800 0.135 - 1.3
High density 1000 0.18 - -
Underlayment 15.9 mm 640 - 1.22 1.21
Waferboard 700 0.072 - 1.88
Shingles
Asbestos/cement 1900 - 0.37 -
Wood, 400 mm, 190 mm exposure - - 0.015 1.3
Wood, double, 400 mm, 300 mm exposure - - 0.21 1.17
Wood, plus ins. backer board 8 mm - - 0.25 1.3

Siding - - - -
Asbestos/cement, lapped 6.4 mm - - 0.037 1.01
Asphalt roll siding - - 0.026 1.47
Siding
APPENDICES
Asphalt insulating siding (12.7 mm bed) - - 0.26 1.47
Hardboard siding 11 mm - - 0.12 1.17
Wood, drop, 200 mm 25 mm - - 0.14 1.17
Wood, bevel 200 mm, lapped13 mm - - 0.14 1.17
Wood, bevel 250 mm, lapped19 mm - - 0.18 1.17
Wood, plywood, lapped 9.5 mm - - 0.1 1.22
Aluminum, steel, or vinyl,j,k over sheathing Hollow-backed - - 0.11 1.22
Aluminum, steel, or vinyl,j,k over sheathing Insulating- - - 0.32 1.34
board-backed 9.5 mm
Aluminum, steel, or vinyl,j,k over sheathing Foil-backed 9.5 - - 0.52 -
mm
Architectural (soda-lime float) glass 2500 1 - 0.84
Building Membrane
Vapor-permeable felt - - 0.011 -
Vapor: seal, 2 layers of mopped 0.73 kg/m2 felt - - 0.21 -
Vapor: seal, plastic film - - Negligible -
Finish Flooring Materials
Carpet and rebounded urethane pad 19 mm 110 - 0.42 -
Carpet and rubber pad (one-piece) 9.5 mm 320 - 0.12 -
Pile carpet with rubber pad 9.5 to 12.7 mm 290 - 0.28 -
Linoleum/cork tile 6.4 mm 465 - 0.09 -
PVC/Rubber floor covering - 0.4 - -
Rubber tile 25 mm 1900 - 0.06 -
Terrazzo 25 mm - - 0.014 0.8
Insulating Materials
Blanket and battc,d
Glass-fiber batts 85 to 90 mm 10 to 14 0.043 - 0.84
Glass-fiber batts 50 mm 8 to 13 0.045 to 0.048 - 0.84
Mineral fiber 140 mm 30 0.036 - 0.84
Mineral wool, felted 16 to 48 0.04 - -
65 to 130 0.035 - -
Slag wool . 50 to 190 0.038 - -
255 0.04 - -
305 0.043 - -
350 0.048 - -
400 0.05 - -
Board and slabs
Cellular glass. 130 0.048 - 0.75
Cement fiber slabs, shredded wood 400 to 430 0.072 to 0.076 - -
with Portland cement binder
-
Cement fiber slabs, shredded wood 350 0.082 - 1.3
with magnesia oxysulfide binder
Glass fiber board 160 0.032 to 0.040 - 0.84
Expanded rubber (rigid) 70 0.032 - 1.67
Expanded polystyrene extruded (smooth skin) 25 to 40 0.022 to 0.030 - 1.47

Expanded polystyrene, molded beads 15 to 25 0.032 to 0.039 - 1.47
Mineral fiberboard, wet felted 160 0.038 - 0.84
Mineral fiberboard, core or roof insulation 255 to 270 0.049 - -
Mineral fiberboard, acoustical tileg 290 0.05 - 0.8
APPENDICES
335 0.053 - -
Mineral fiberboard, wet-molded, acoustical tile. 370 0.061 - 0.59
Perlite board 160 0.052 - -
Polyisocyanurate, aged unfaced 25 to 35 0.020 to 0.027 - -
Polyisocyanurate, aged with facers 65 0.019 - 1.47
Phenolic foam board with facers, aged 65 0.019 - -
Loose fill
Cellulosic (milled paper or wood pulp) 35 to 50 0.039 to 0.045 - 1.38
Perlite, expanded 30 to 65 0.039 to 0.046 - 1.09
65 to 120 0.045 to 0.052 - -
120 to 180 0.052 to 0.061 - -
Mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass)d approx. 95 to 130 mm 10 to 30 - 1.92 0.71
Mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass)d approx. 170 to 220 mm 11 to 30 - 3.33 -
Mineral fiber (rock, slag, or glass)d 90 mm (closed sidewall 30 to 55 - 2.1 to 2.5 -
application)
Vermiculite, exfoliated 110 to 130 0.068 - 1.34
64 to 96 0.063 - -
Spray-applied
Cellulosic fiber 55 to 95 0.042 to 0.049 - -
Glass fiber 55 to 70 0.038 to 0.039 - -
Polyurethane foam (low density) 6 to 8 0.042 - 1.47
40 0.026 - 1.47
Polyurethane foam (low density) aged and dry 40 mm 30 - 1.6 1.47
Polyurethane foam (low density) 50 mm 55 - 1.92 1.47
Polyurethane foam (low density) 120 mm 30 - 3.69 -
Ureaformaldehyde foam, dry 8 to 20 0.030 to 0.032 - -
Roofing
Asbestos/cement shingles 1120 - 0.037 1
Asphalt (bitumen with inert fill) 1600 0.43 - -
1900 0.58 - -
2300 1.15 - -
Asphalt roll roofing 920 - 0.027 1.51
Asphalt shingles 920 - 0.078 1.26
Built-up roofing 920 - 0.059 1.47
Mastic asphalt (heavy, 20% grit) 950 0.19 - -
Reed thatch 270 0.09 - -
Roofing felt 2250 1.2 - -
Slate 13 mm - - 0.009 1.26
Straw thatch 240 0.07 - -
Wood shingles, plain and plastic-film-faced - - 0.166 1.3
Plastering Materials
Cement plaster, sand aggregate 1860 0.72 - 0.84

Sand aggregate 10 mm - - 0.013 0.84
Sand aggregate 20 mm - - 0.026 0.84
Gypsum plaster 1120 0.38 - -
1280 0.46 - -
APPENDICES
Lightweight aggregate 720 - 0.056 -
Lightweight aggregate 720 - 0.066 -
Lightweight aggregate - - 0.083 -
Perlite aggregate 720 0.22 - 1.34
Sand aggregate 1680 0.81 - 0.84
Sand aggregate on metal lath 19 mm - - 0.023 -
Vermiculite aggregate 480 0.14 - -
600 0.2 - -
720 0.25 - -
840 0.26 - -
960 0.3 - -
Perlite plaster 400 0.08 - -
600 0.19 - -
Pulpboard or paper plaster 600 0.07 - -
Sand/cement plaster, conditioned 1560 0.63 - -
Sand/cement/lime plaster, conditioned 1440 0.48 - -
Sand/gypsum (3:1) plaster, conditioned 1550 0.65 - -
Masonry Materials
Masonry units
Brick, fired clay 2400 1.21 to 1.47 - -
2240 1.07 to 1.30 - -
2080 0.92 to 1.12 - -
1920 0.81 to 0.98 - 0.8
1760 0.71 to 0.85 - -
1600 0.61 to 0.74 - -
1440 0.52 to 0.62 - -
1280 0.43 to 0.53 - -
1120 0.36 to 0.45 - -
Clay tile, hollow 1 cell deep 75 mm - - 0.14 0.88
Clay tile, hollow 1 cell deep 100 mm - - 0.2 -
Clay tile, hollow 2 cells deep 150 mm - - 0.27 -
Lightweight brick 800 0.2 - -
770 0.22 - -
Concrete blocksh,i Limestone aggregate ~200 mm, 16.3 kg, - - - -
2200 kg/m3 concrete, 2 cores ..
Concrete blocksh,i Limestone aggregate ~200 mm, 16.3 kg, - - 0.37 -
2200 kg/m3 concrete with perlite-filled cores
Concrete blocksh,i Limestone aggregate ~300 mm, 25 kg, - - -
2200 kg/m3 concrete, 2 cores
Normal-weight aggregate (sand and gravel)~200 mm, 16 - - 0.20 to 0.17 0.92
kg, 2100 kg/m3 concrete, 2 or 3 cores ..
Normal-weight aggregate (sand and gravel)~200 mm, 16 - - 0.35 -
kg, 2100 kg/m3 with perlite-filled cores

Normal-weight aggregate (sand and gravel)~200 mm, 16 - - 0.34 to 0.24 -
kg, 2100 kg/m3 with vermiculite-filled cores
Normal-weight aggregate (sand and gravel)~200 mm, 16 - - 0.217 0.92
kg, 2100 kg/m3 ~300 mm, 22.7 kg, 2000 kg/m3 concrete, 2
cores ..
Medium-weight aggregate (combinations of normal and - - 0.30 to 0.22 -
APPENDICES
lightweight aggregate) ~200 mm, 13 kg, 1550 to 1800
kg/m3 concrete, 2 or 3 cores
Medium-weight aggregate (combinations of normal and - - 0.65 to 0.41 -
kg/m3 with perlite-filled cores
Medium-weight aggregate (combinations of normal and - - 0.58 -
kg/m3 with vermiculite-filled cores
kg/m3 with molded-EPS-filled (beads) cores
kg/m3 with molded EPS inserts in cores
Low-mass aggregate (expanded shale, clay, slate or slag, - - 0.34 to 0.29 -
pumice) ~150 mm, 7 1/2 kg, 1400 kg/m2concrete, 2 or 3
cores
Low-mass aggregate (expanded shale, clay, slate or slag, - - 0.74 -
pumice) ~150 mm, 7 1/2 kg, 1400 kg/m2with perlite-filled
cores
pumice) ~150 mm, 7 1/2 kg, 1400 kg/m2with vermiculite-
filled cores
Low-mass aggregate (expanded shale, clay, slate or slag, - - 0.56 to 0.33 0.88
pumice) 200 mm, 8 to 10 kg, 1150 to 1380 kg/m2 concrete
with perlite-filled cores
with vermiculite-filled cores
with molded-EPS-filled (beads) cores
with UF foam-filled cores
with molded EPS inserts in cores
pumice) 300 mm, 16 kg, 1400 kg/m3,concrete, 2 or 3 cores
pumice) 300 mm, 16 kg, 1400 kg/m3,with perlite-filled
cores
Low-mass aggregate (expanded shale, clay, slate or slag, - - 1 -
pumice) 300 mm, 16 kg, 1400 kg/m3,with vermiculite-filled
cores
Stone, lime, or sand 2800 10.4 - -
Quartzitic and sandstone 2560 6.2 - -
2240 3.46 - -
1920 1.88 - 0.88
Calcitic, dolomitic, limestone, marble, and granite 2880 4.33 - -
2560 3.17 - -
2240 2.31 - -
1920 1.59 - 0.88
1600 1.15 - -
Gypsum partition tile .75 by 300 by 760 mm, solid - - 0.222 0.79

Gypsum partition tile .4 cells - - 0.238 -
Gypsum partition tile .100 by 300 by 760 mm, 3 cells - - 0.294 -
Limestone 2400 0.57 - 0.84
2600 0.93 - 0.84
APPENDICES
Concretes
Sand and gravel or stone aggregate concretes (concretes 2400 1.4 to 2.9 - -
with >50% quartz or quartzite sand have conductivities in
2240 1.3 to 2.6 - 0.80 to 1.00
higher end of range)
2080 1.0 to 1.9 - -
Low-mass aggregate or limestone concretes 1920 0.9 to 1.3 - -
Low-mass aggregate or limestone concretes Expanded 1600 0.68 to 0.89 - 0.84
shale, clay, or slate; expanded slags ;cinders; pumice (with
1280 0.48 to 0.59 - 0.84
density up to 1600 kg/m3); scoria (sanded concretes have
conductivities in higher end of range) 960 0.30 to 0.36 - -
640 0.18 - -
Gypsum/fiber concrete (87.5% gypsum, 12.5% wood 800 0.24 - 0.84
chips)
Cement/lime, mortar, and stucco 1920 1.4 - -
1600 0.97 - -
1280 0.65 - -
Perlite, vermiculite, and polystyrene beads 800 0.26 to 0.27 - -
640 0.20 to 0.22 - 0.63 to 0.96
480 0.16 - -
320 0.12 - -
Foam concretes 1920 0.75 - -
1600 0.6 - -
1280 0.44 - -
1120 0.36 - -
Foam concretes and cellular concretes 960 0.3 - -
640 0.2 - -
320 0.12 - -
Aerated concrete (oven-dried) 430 to 800 0.2 - 0.84
Polystyrene concrete (oven-dried) 255 to 800 0.37 - 0.84
Polymer concrete 1950 1.64 - -
2200 1.03 - -
Polymer cement 1870 0.78 - -
Slag concrete 960 0.22 - -
1280 0.32 - -
1600 0.43 - -
2000 1.23 - -
Woods (12% moisture content)
Hardwoods - - - 1.63
Oak 660 to 750 0.16 to 0.18 - -
Birch 680 to 725 0.17 to 0.18 - -
Maple 635 to 700 0.16 to 0.17 - -
Ash 615 to 670 0.15 to 0.16 - -
Softwoods - - - 1.63
Southern pine 570 to 660 0.14 to 0.16 - -
Southern yellow pine 500 0.13 - -
Eastern white pine 400 0.1 - -

Douglas fir/larch 535 to 580 0.14 to 0.15 - -
Southern cypress 500 to 515 0.13 - -
Hem/fir, spruce/pine/fir 390 to 500 0.11 to 0.13 - -
Spruce 400 0.09 - -
APPENDICES
Western red cedar 350 0.09 - -
West coast woods, cedars 350 to 500 0.10 to 0.13 - -
Eastern white cedar 360 0.1 - -
California redwood 390 to 450 0.11 to 0.12 - -
Pine (oven-dried) 370 0.092 - 1.88
Spruce (oven-dried) 395 0.1 - 1.88
aValues are for mean temperature of 24°C. Representative values for dry materials are intended as design (not specification) values for materials in normal use. Thermal
values of insulating materials may differ from design values depending on in-situ properties (e.g., density and moisture content, orientation, etc.) and manufacturing
variability. For properties of specific product, use values supplied by manufacturer or unbiased tests.
bSymbol λ also used to represent thermal conductivity.
cDoes not include paper backing and facing, if any. Where insulation forms boundary (reflective or otherwise) of airspace
dConductivity varies with fiber diameter. Batt, blanket, and loose-fill mineral fiber insulations are manufactured to achieve specified R-values, the most common of which
are listed in the table. Because of differences in manufacturing processes and materials, the product thicknesses, densities, and thermal conductivities vary over
considerable ranges for a specified R-value.
eValues are for aged products with gas-impermeable facers on the two major surfaces. An aluminum foil facer of 25 µm thickness or greater is generally considered
impermeable to gases. For change in conductivity with age of expanded polyisocyanurate.

fCellular phenolic insulation may no longer be manufactured. Thermal conductivity and resistance values do not represent aged insulation, which may have higher thermal
conductivity and lower thermal resistance.

gInsulating values of acoustical tile vary, depending on density of board and on type, size, and depth of perforations.
hValues for fully grouted block may be approximated using values for concrete with similar unit density.
iValues for concrete block and concrete are at moisture contents representative of normal use.
jValues for metal or vinyl siding applied over flat surfaces vary widely, depending on ventilation of the airspace beneath the siding; whether airspace is reflective or
nonreflective; and on thickness, type, and application of insulating backing-board used. Values are averages for use as design guides, and were obtained from several
guarded hot box tests (ASTM Standard C236) or calibrated hot box (ASTM Standard C976) on hollow-backed types and types made using backing of wood fiber, foamed
plastic, and glass fiber. Departures of ±50% or more from these values may occur.
kVinyl specific heat = 1.0 kJ/(kg·K)
lSee Adams (1971), MacLean (1941), and Wilkes (1979). Conductivity values listed are for heat transfer across the grain. Thermal conductivity of wood varies linearly
with density, and density ranges listed are those normally found for wood species given. If density of wood species is not known, use mean conductivity value. For
extrapolation to other moisture contents, the following empirical equation developed by Wilkes (1979) may be used:
(1.874 × 10−2 + 5.733 × 10−4 𝑀)𝜌
𝑘 = 0.1791 +
1 + 0.01 𝑀
where ρ is density of moist wood in kg/m3, and M is moisture content in percent.
mFrom Wilkes (1979), an empirical equation for specific heat of moist wood at 24°C is
as follows:
(0.299 + 0.01 𝑀)
𝐶𝑝 = + ∆𝐶𝑝
(1 + 0.01 𝑀)
where Δcp accounts for heat of sorption and is denoted by
∆𝐶𝑝 = 𝑀(1.921 × 10−3 − 3.168 × 10−5𝑀)
where M is moisture content in percent by mass.
nBlank space in reference column indicates historical values from previous volumes of ASHRAE Handbook. Source of information could not be determined.

Appendix 2
A2. Climate Zone Map of India
Appendix

Table A2.1 Climate Zone for Major Indian Cities
City Climate Type City Climate Type

Ahmedabad Hot & Dry Kurnool Warm & Humid
Allahabad Composite Leh Cold
Appendix
Amritsar Composite Lucknow Composite
Aurangabad Hot & Dry Ludhiana Composite
Bangalore Temperate Chennai Warm & Humid
Barmer Hot & Dry Manali Cold
Belgaum Warm & Humid Mangalore Warm & Humid
Bhagalpur Warm & Humid Mumbai Warm & Humid
Bhopal Composite Nagpur Composite
Bhubaneshwar Warm & Humid Nellore Warm & Humid
Bikaner Hot & Dry New Delhi Composite
Chandigarh Composite Panjim Warm & Humid
Chitradurga Warm & Humid Patna Composite
Dehradun Composite Pune Warm & Humid
Dibrugarh Warm & Humid Raipur Composite
Guwahati Warm & Humid Rajkot Composite
Gorakhpur Composite Ramgundam Warm & Humid
Gwalior Composite Ranchi Composite
Hissar Composite Ratnagiri Warm & Humid
Hyderabad Composite Raxaul Warm & Humid
Imphal Warm & Humid Saharanpur Composite
Indore Composite Shillong Cold
Jabalpur Composite Sholapur Hot & Dry
Jagdelpur Warm & Humid Srinagar Cold
Jaipur Composite Sundernagar Cold
Jaisalmer Hot & Dry Surat Hot & Dry
Jalandhar Composite Tezpur Warm & Humid
Jamnagar Warm & Humid Tiruchirappalli Warm & Humid
Jodhpur Hot & Dry Trivandrum Warm & Humid
Jorhat Warm & Humid Tuticorin Warm & Humid
Kochi Warm & Humid Udhagamandalam Cold
Kolkata Warm & Humid Vadodara Hot & Dry
Kota Hot & Dry Veraval Warm & Humid
Kullu Cold Vishakhapatnam Warm & Humid

Appendix 3
A3. Air-Side Economizer Acceptance

Procedures
A3.1 Construction Inspection
Appendix
Prior to Performance Testing, verify and document
the following:
a. System controls are wired correctly to ensure

economizer is fully integrated (i.e.
economizer will operate when mechanical
cooling is enabled).
b. Economizer lockout control sensor location is
adequate (open to air but not exposed to
direct sunlight nor in an enclosure; away
from sources of building exhaust; at least 8
meters away from cooling towers).
c. System is provided with barometric relief,
relief fan or return fan to control building
pressure.
A3.2 Equipment Testing

Step 1: Simulate a cooling load and enable the
economizer by adjusting the lockout control set
point. Verify and document the following:
a. Economizer damper modulates opens to

100% outside air.
b. Return air damper modulates closed and is
completely closed when economizer damper
is 100% open.
c. Economizer damper is 100% open before
mechanical cooling is enabled.
d. Relief fan or return fan (if applicable) is
operating or barometric relief dampers freely
swing open.
Step 2: Continue from Step 1 and disable the

economizer by adjusting the lockout control set
point. Verify and document the following:
a. Economizer damper closes to minimum

ventilation position.
b. Return air damper opens to at or near 100%.
c. Relief fan (if applicable) shuts off or
barometric relief dampers close. Return fan
(if applicable) may still operate even when
economizer is disabled.

Appendix 4
A4. Controls And Internet of Things
Controls And Internet of Things

a. Equipment Level stand-alone control and
A4.1 General Requirement
monitoring shall be provided for the equipment as
Internet of Things (IoT) offers a wide array of benefits, specified in clause 5.2.3.1 to 5.2.3.6 of Section 5 on
ranging from improved energy efficiency and Comfort & Controls. Basement ventilation system
sustainability, enhanced occupant comfort, predictive and demand control ventilation system shall also
maintenance and asset management, safety and comply with clause 5.2.1.2 and 5.2.1.3 of chapter 5.
security, and data driven decision making. Various b. Equipment level stand-alone monitoring of
ways in which Control Systems and IoT can lighting, energy and water parameters shall be
revolutionize buildings, making them smarter, more provided for all utilities. (Refer to chapter 7,
efficient, and ultimately, more liveable are covered in chapter 8 and chapter 9 respectively).
this section. Buildings shall comply with mandatory c. System Level stand-alone control and monitoring
requirements as per Clause A4.2 and prescriptive shall be provided for groups of chilled water
requirements as per Clause 13.3 respectively. pumps, supply and extract fans with pressure
A4.2 Mandatory Requirements sensor varying the speed of the equipment.
In addition to meeting the requirements of ECSBC &
The compliance level for ECSBC, ECSBC+ and ECSBC
ECSBC+ buildings, ECSBC Super compliant buildings
Super shall be as defined in A4.2.1, A4.2.2 and A4.2.3.
shall have networked controllers to enable use the
A4.2.1 Controls requirements at Equipment control and monitoring parameters from a computer
level and System Level workstation or Server for system improvements.
Table A4.1 defines compliance requirement for
To comply with the code, ECSBC and ECSBC+
significant components of building.
Compliant buildings shall meet the requirements of a)
to c) as given below:
Table A4-1: Controls compliance requirement for significant components of building
Sl. Application Control & Equipment Control / Control / Monitoring Control /

Monitoring / System Monitoring for ECSBC + Monitoring
No
Level for ECSBC for ECSBC Super
1 Comfort & Equipment Level DX IDU/ODU Stand Alone Stand Alone Stand Alone
Controls
2 Comfort & Equipment Level DX VRF Stand Alone Stand Alone Provide networked
Controls controllers
3 Comfort & Equipment Level CHW FCU Stand Alone Individual Timeclock Provide networked
Controls Control using controllers
Controller
4 Comfort & Equipment Level CHW AHU Stand Alone Individual Timeclock Provide networked
Controls Control using controllers
Programmable
Controller
5 Comfort & Equipment Level CHW Stand Alone Provide group controls Provide networked
Controls Pumping for all the pumps controllers

6 Comfort & Equipment Level Cooling Stand Alone Stand Alone - as per Provide networked
Controls Tower Fan Chapter 5 controllers
7 Comfort & Equipment Level Extract Fan Stand Alone Stand Alone Provide networked

Controls controllers
8 Comfort & Equipment Level Pressure Stand Alone Stand Alone Provide networked
Controls Control controllers
(Air side)
9 Comfort & Equipment Level CT Level Stand Alone Stand Alone Provide networked
10 Comfort & Equipment Level Basement Stand Alone - as Stand Alone - as per Provide networked
Controls Ventilation per Chapter 5 Chapter 5 controllers with all
monitoring points in
the dashboard
screens
11 Comfort & Equipment Level Energy Stand Alone - as Stand Alone - as per Provide networked
Controls Recovery per Chapter 5 Chapter 5 controllers
(Airside)
12 Comfort & System Level CHW Stand Alone Stand Alone Provide networked
Controls Pumping controllers
13 Comfort & System Level Variable Air Stand Alone Stand Alone Provide networked
Controls Volume controllers
14 Comfort & System Level Pressure Stand Alone Stand-alone Provide networked
15 Comfort & System Level Demand Stand Alone as Stand Alone as Provide networked
Controls Control detailed in Chapter detailed in Chapter 5 controllers
Ventilation 5
16 Comfort & System Level Economizer Provide controls as Provide controls as Provide networked
Controls per Chapter 5 per Chapter 5 controllers
17 Comfort & System Level Chillers & Chiller Plant Chiller Plant Control as Provide networked
Controls Chiller Plant Control as per per Chapter 5 details controllers with data
Control Chapter 5 details for analysis
18 Lighting Equipment Level Lux level as per details given as per details given in as per details given
control in Section 6 section 6 in section 6
19 Lighting System Level Lighting - - Integrate LMS with
Management BMS; share
System occupancy/unoccupa
(LMS) ncy mode data;
based on based on
which, VAVs to
switch to
occupied/unoccupie
d modes
20 Electrical & Equipment Level Transformer - - Monitor healthy

Vertical s, Breakers, status of the
Transportati VHT equipment
on

21 Electrical & Equipment Level Energy Record energy Digitally connect allDigitally connect all
Vertical Meters value at all meters utility energy meters;
utility energy
Transportati for monitoring track energy meters; track power
on purposes for all consumption for and energy
utilities analysis consumption data for
analysis
22 Electrical & System Level Building - Comply as per Clause Comply as per Clause
Vertical Level 13.3.9.b.i 13.3.9.b.ii
Transportati
on
23 Water Unit/EquipmentPHE Provide stand- Provide stand-alone Track parameters at
Management Level Equipment alone control for control for equipment the dashboards
equipment functioning as per
functioning as per Section 8 on Water
Section 8 on Water Management
Management
24 Water Equipment Level STP System Stand-alone control Stand-alone control Track parameters at
Management the dashboards
25 Water Equipment Level Water Recording of Water Recording of Water Recording and
Management Meters Consumption data; Consumption data; trending of water
consumption data
NOTE: DETAILS OF FOR ABBREVIATIONS MENTIONED IN COLUMN UNDER EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM ARE PROVIDED
IN TABLE 13.2

e) Water and Sewage water treatment and recycling
Appendix 5 systems.
f) Heating, ventilation and Air Conditioning systems.
g) Vertical transportation systems.
A5 Commissioning of Building
h) Solid waste handling, management and disposal
Systems systems.
A5.1 General i) Building management and Building Automation
Systems.
Structured methodology for Commissioning of various
j) Lighting systems (both internal and external)
systems in a building Systems is essential to ensure
including dimming systems
that all systems, sub systems and equipment perform
optimally to meet the design requirements and NOTE: The fire, life safety and disaster management
necessary documentation is provided and adequate requirements shall conform the local regulations.
training on operation and maintenance is imparted to
the designated personnel. A5.2 Requirements for ECSBC Buildings
NOTE: This section does not define:
The compliance level for ECSBC, ECSBC+ and Super
a) Equipment or system performance levels ECSBC shall be as defined in A5.2.1, A5.2.2 and A5.2.3.
b) Specific technical requirement of commissioning of
A5.2.1 Owner Project Requirements (OPR) shall be
each building system or equipment.
developed by the owner with inputs from architects
c) Scope of commissioning of a specific building may
and all other members of the design team.
vary depending on the project size, complexity,
specific requirements of the owner/end user or the A5.2.2 Based on the OPR and the scope of the building
local regulatory Authority Having Jurisdiction project, owner shall develop the Commissioning Plan
(AHJ). However, this code defines the process for each of the building systems applicable to the
which has to be followed in each and every case. project.
A5.2.3 Commissioning plan, at a minimum, shall
A5.1.1 Applicability include the following in respect of each of the building
systems:
The provisions of this section are voluntary and shall
apply to all building typologies covered by the code a) Commissioning process overview
and across all climatic zones whose built up area b) Construction checklists for all equipment and
(excluding any non-air-conditioned basements) subsystems
exceed 5000m2. c) Test procedures for each equipment, sub
The following building systems, if present in the system and system
specific building under consideration) shall require to d) The Commissioning Plan shall assign clear
follow the commissioning process as set out in this responsibility to the agency who will perform
section. each test and record the result as well as the
a) Building Envelope Systems. agency who will approve the test result as
b) Electrical systems including power receiving and satisfactory. for test procedure shall assign
distribution as well as Stand by Generation / On site clear responsibility of the team for each test.
generation systems. e) Building shall have a Building Management
c) On-site renewable energy systems. System which will bring all parameters
d) Water supply and drainage systems including regarding power and water consumption to a
pumping systems and hot water common dashboard to enable monitoring and
generation/distribution systems. control.

Appendix 6
A6.5 Definition
Sustainable Materials
Please refer to EN 15978 for the definitions.
A6. Sustainable Materials
Stages of assessment (as per EN 15978) CEN 2011.
A6.1 General
Product (A1-A3): The boundary for modules A1 to A3
ECSBC requires the buildings to report the embodied
covers the ‘cradle to gate’ processes for materials used
carbon in kgCO2-eq/Sqm. The reporting of the in the building. These numbers are typically declared
embodied carbon is limited to the A1-A3 life stage as as a sum of A1 to A3 by the manufacturers. Building
defined in EN 15978. developers can ask for these numbers when choosing
a building material. These numbers should be in
accordance with EN 15804. (CEN, 2019)
A6. 2 Purpose
The purpose of reporting embodied carbon as part of
the Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building
Code is to disclose the initial embodied carbon
emissions from the building construction materials
used in commercial buildings in India.
NOTE: This provision is voluntary disclosure of

embodied carbon emissions.
A6.3 Scope
a. Applicable to all buildings under the purview
of ECSBC
b. Applicable to building materials used in
structural systems and building envelop
systems namely all kinds of foundations,
retaining walls, substructure as part of the
structural system, superstructure such as but
not limited to beams, columns, sheer walls,
opaque and non-opaque structural and non-
structural external walls, structure for
mezzanine floors and loft floors, floors,
ceilings, roofs, staircases and ramps,
fenestration such windows, skylights and
ventilation openings.
A6.4 Exclusions
The approach does not include materials used in
electro-mechanical systems, plumbing systems,
firefighting systems, elevators, finishing materials A6.6 Method of calculation
including wall, floor and ceiling finishes, or any
other kind of non-structural elements such as Annexure-A contains the Comma Separated Value
railings, parapet walls, or built-in furniture. (CSV) Spreadsheet format. The fulfilment of

Annexure-A requirements should be demonstrated Please refer attached Tables.
by reporting all the data required in the format.
Table A6.1 Introduction
For Embodied Energy Data Collection:
Applicable to building materials used in structural systems and building envelop systems, namely all kinds of
foundations, retaining walls, substructures as part of the structural system, super structures such as but not limited
to beams, columns, sheer walls, opaque and non-opaque structural and non-structural external walls, structure for
mezzanine floors and loft floors, floors, ceilings, roofs, staircases and ramps, fenestration such windows, skylights and
ventilation openings.
The project for ECSBC compliance shall gather primary data for embodied energy of construction materials including
but not limited to the ones mentioned in the sheets. The system boundary is Cradle to Gate, i.e., unit processes A1 to
A3. The data for the same is required to be entered in sheets 'A1',' A2', and 'A3'.
Table A6.2 Introduction
For Site Selection:
Site: refers to a Project/Site. It may comprise one or more buildings.
Building: refers to an individual building block of the Site.
The availability of Bill of Quantities (BoQ) and material supplier details is a must.
This annual projected electricity data as reported for ECSBC Compliance.
Table A6.3 Details

Sheet Name Description
Sheet that contains background details of the selected building(s). An example has been
Building Information
presented in the sheet.
Bill of Quantities:
Sheet meant for recording quantities of construction materials. In this sheet, the BoQ of
BoQ
multiple Sites may be entered in adjacent columns. For example, BoQ details of S1_B1 can
be added in columns B to I, and S2_B1 can be added in columns J to Q and so on.
A1_Extraction and Sheet for entering embodied energy/carbon attributed to 'Raw material extraction and
Procurement procurement'
Sheet for entering embodied energy/carbon attributed to 'Transport to manufacturing
A2_Transport
plant'
A3_Manufacturing Sheet for entering embodied energy/carbon attributed to 'Manufacturing'
Sheet for presenting total embodied energy/carbon for stages A1 to A3. This sheet
contains tow categories of resultant embodied energy/carbon: a) it may be calculated
Sum of A1 to A3 using the data gathered in sheets A1 to A3 if data of that granularity is available), b) it may
be directly obtained from the manufacturer (if data of individual unit process granularity is
not available).
Building_ELE_CON Sheet for recording the annual electricity consumption of the building
Sheet for recording the dominant companies/manufacturers in that region. This may help
Prominent
when the material source is unknown and it is safe to assume that it may be from the
Manufacturers
companies having the highest market penetration.
Validation Tables Sheet contains background information used for creating drop downs for certain columns
Table A6.4 Details

Concerned Sheet Column Headers Description Data Type
Site: refers to an Affordable Housing Project/Site. It may
All
comprise one or more buildings
All Building: refers to an individual building block of the Site
Address Refers to the Address of the selected Building and Site

Refers to the alphanumeric nomenclature assigned to
the selected Building. It is in the format "XYZ_S1_B1",
"XYZ_S2_B1", where XYZ is the Airport code / nearest
Airport code, S1 indicates the Site ID, and B1 refers to the
Nomenclature selected building from that Site.
As of now, we are targeting one Building from each Site.
In case of design variations across different Buildings
belonging to the same Site, more than one buildings may
be selected
Latitude Refers to the latitude of the selected Site
Longitude Refers to the longitude of the selected Site

Indicates the number of floors in the building.
If the building has:
a) only ground floor, please enter G
No. of floors in the
b) more than one floor, and there are built up spaces on
building
the ground floor, please enter G+ no of floors
c) more than one floor on top of a stilt parking, please
enter S+ no of floors
Building Indicates the availability of Bill of Quantities data.
Information Data for this column shall be selected from the drop
down. If the BoQ of all the materials within the study's
Bill of Quantity (BoQ)
scope is available, then please select "Yes-Fully
Available
Available"; if the data for any material(s) is unavailable
then select "Yes-Partly Available"; and if no BoQ data is
available then select "Not Available"
Indicates the source from which the BoQ data has been
obtained. Please select from the available options
mentioned in the drop down:
Material Supplier
BoQ data source Contractor/Designer
Owner (refers to the owner of the building)
Tender Document
Government DPR
Architectural Drawings
Indicates the availability of Make and Model related data
of construction materials.
Make and Model Here, Make refers to the material manufacturer and
Details Available Model refers to the specific product details.
Data for this column shall be selected from the drop
down. If the details of all the materials within the study's

scope are available, then please select "Yes-Fully
Available"; if the data for any material(s) is unavailable
then select "Yes-Partly Available"; and if no BoQ data is
available then select "Not Available"
Indicates the source from which the material-related
data has been obtained. Please select from the available
options mentioned in the drop down:
Material Supplier
Make and Model data
Contractor/Designer
Source
Owner
Tender Document
Government DPR
Architectural Drawings
Indicates the availability of architectural drawings for the
Building. Data shall be selected from the drop down list
having the following options:
Building Drawings
Yes-Fully Available
Yes-Partly Available
Not Available
This cell contains the link to the digital file of
architectural drawings of the selected Building. The file
Building Layout (file) may be ".dwg" or in image format.
Please upload image/cad file of layout over Gdrive folder
and paste link here
Indicates the built up area of the building. In case more
Built up area
than one building configurations exist in the same site,
(sq. m)
please add its built up area in the next column.
For this sheet, the materials have been segregated into

Concrete, Steel, Walling Materials and so on, and have
Sr. no. been numbered from 1 to 7. Update this sheet with more
material, in their respective categories, as and when
information of Sites becomes available.
Provides the list of construction materials that are

formed by one or more 'Raw Components'. For example,
Material
concrete is a material which is made up of cement, sand,
and aggregate.
Refers to the measurement unit as mentioned in the
Unit
BoQ
BoQ Refers to the quantity of the 'Material' as mentioned in
Qty(a)
the BoQ
Breaks down composite construction 'Materials' into
Raw Components their 'Raw Materials'.Can add any new 'Raw Materials' Primary
here, as and when information from Sites is collected.
Unit Refers to the measurement units of 'Raw Materials'. Primary
Qty(b) Mentions the calculated quantities of 'Raw Materials' Primary

Refers to the functional unit-kg, followed in this study. All
Functional Unit (kg) Primary
calculated quantities must be converted to this unit
Qty(c) Refers to the 'Raw Material' quantities mentioned in kg Primary
Refers to the quantity of the Raw Materials to be
extracted and procured for producing, say, 1 MT (1 unit)
of the finished construction material.
Qty of Raw Material
Many manufacturers calculate the embodied
Extracted and Calculated
energy/carbon in reference to a certain qty of final
Procured
product. For example, in their annual sustainability
reports, cement manufacturers mention the embodied
carbon values per MT of cement.
Unit (RM) Refers to the measurement unit of Raw Materials Primary
Refers to the quantity of finished Construction Material
Reference Qty of for which the embodied energy data is being collected.
finished construction For example, the manufacturer might provide the MJ of Primary
material energy used in production of 1 MT cement. Thus, the
"qty of finishes construction material" would be 1 MT.
Refers to the measurement unit of finished construction
Unit (FCM) Primary
material
Refers to types of fuels used in the extraction and
Fuel Mix Primary
procurement processes
Refers to the energy consumed during the extraction and
Embodied Energy Primary
Indicates the unit in which embodied energy is reported.
Units shall be selected from the following drop down
Unit (EE) options: Primary
A1_Extraction and
MJ
Procurement,
kWh
A2_Transport, and
Refers to the carbon released during the extraction and
A3_Manufacturing Embodied Carbon Primary
Indicates the unit in which embodied energy is reported.
Units shall be selected from the following drop down
options:
Unit (EC) Primary
kg CO2 (assuming the emissions of rest of the GHG as 0)
kg CO2e (includes the emissions of other GHG like CH4
and N2O)
Refers to the source of the embodied energy/carbon
associated with raw material extraction and
procurement data. This data may be sourced from:
Material supplier
Source of Data Primary
Estimated from machine readings
Contractor/Designer
EPD
Company Annual Reports

Refers to the type of data - Measured, Derived, or
Calculated
Measured data - refers to the data that the
manufacturer/supplier has measured
Derived data - refers to data that has been derived using
some kind of conversion factors. For example, if
embodied energy is available in MJ/cum and the density
is available, then it can be used to derive embodied
energy in MJ/kg
Data Type Calculated data - refers to the data which is
calculated/estimated through indirect means. For
example, if the total weight of coal used is not available,
but the generator capacity and the amount of time for
which the generator was running, and in how much time
does the generator exhaust all the coal is available. Then,
the amount of coal used can be calculated by multiplying
the time taken for all the coal to be exhausted and the
generator capacity, and dividing it by the time for which
the generator was running.
Please Note: In the A1_Extraction and Procurement sheet -
a) if embodied energy/carbon data at the process-level granularity is available,
then the data must be entered in columns C through U
b) if the combined embodied energy/carbon data of extraction and procurement is
available, then data must be entered in columns V to AC
Refers to the Manufacturer/Supplier of the Construction
Supplier/Manufacturer
Materials
Process: Raw Material This refers to the processes involved in mining the Raw
Primary
Extraction Components of Construction Materials
Refers to the processes involved in Raw Component
procurement.
The difference between raw material extraction and

procurement can be understood by the following
A1_Extraction and Process: Raw Material example. To manufacture plywood panels, first the tress
Procurement Procurement need to be felled. The process of cutting tress would be
included in 'Raw Material Extraction', and any processes
involved in taking those felled tree barks from the point
of mining to the point from where they would be
transported shall be included in 'Raw Material
Procurement'
Processes involved in
Please mention all processes involved in Raw Material
Raw Material
extraction and procurement. For example, cutting,
Extraction and
hammering etc.
Procurement

Refers to the raw materials used up for producing the
Construction Materials.
Raw Material May add raw materials for each of the construction Primary
materials, and number them in the following format: 1.1,
1.2, etc. where 1 is the sr. no. of the Construction
Material.
Refers to the resultant embodied energy calculated by
Calculated: Embodied
summing the values mentioned for raw material
Energy
extraction and procurement
Refers to the resultant embodied carbon calculated by
Calculated: Embodied
summing the values mentioned for raw material Calculated
Carbon
extraction and procurement
Distance between
Indicates the distance between the raw material
Extraction Site and Calculated
extraction site and manufacturing plant
Manufacturing Plant
Yes/No type of question. In case more than one vehicles
Were more than one
were used, the vehicle capacity, fuel mix, total fuel used
vehicle involved in Primary
for each of the cases must be added in columns
transport
underneath 'Vehicle 1', 'Vehicle 2' etc.
Refers to the category of vehicle, i.e., Light Duty Vehicle
Vehicle Category (LDV), Medium Duty Vehicle (MDV), or Heavy-Duty Primary
Vehicle (HDV)
Vehicle Capacity
Indicates the vehicles's capacity in tonnes Primary
(Tonne)
Vehicle Used: Make Indicates the manufacturer of the vehicle used Primary
Vehicle Used: Model Indicates the product/model of vehicle used Primary
This shall be calculated on the basis of total material
A2_Transport No. of trips required divided by the distance between the raw Primary
material extraction point and manufacturing plant
Indicates the fuel used for transportation. Data shall be
chosen from the following drop-down options:
Fuel Mix Petrol Calculated
Diesel
Coal
Total Fuel Used Indicates the total fuel consumed Primary
Refers to the measurement unit used to express the used
Unit (Fuel Use) Primary
fuel. For example, litres of petrol, MT of coal etc.
Refers to the alphabetic categorization assigned to
various production methods/technolologies available for
Sub-level Primary
Construction Materials.
Variation in Indicates the various production technologies/methods

Method/Technology for manufacturing a Construction Material
Please Note: In the Sum of A1 to A3 sheet:
A3_Manufacturing
a) if granular data was available and filled up in the previous sheets, then that very
data would be linked and displayed in columns H to S
b) if the combined embodied energy for A1, A2, and A3 is directly available from

the manufacturer, then it must be entered in columns T to AC
Also, the details in columns B to G must be entered .

Sum of A1 to A3 Address Column where the building address must be entered
This is our nomenclature or identification given to the
Nomenclature Primary
building, in the format Airport Code_S1_B1.
Annual Electricity
This is the sum of electricity consumed across the year in
Consumption (unit: Primary
kWh (of the building)
Building ELE_CON kWh)
Year of data Indicates the year for which electricity data is presented Primary
This is the electricity consumed across two consecutive
Bimonthly Electricity
months in kWh (of the building). This data may be Primary
Consumption
entered in the respective month's column.
Address Column where the Building address must be entered Primary
Prominent
Primary
Manufacturer
Table A6.5 Building Information
Make and Model Details
Make and Model Data

Bill of Quantity (BoQ)
Building Layout (file)

No. of floors in the
Building Drawings
BoQ data source
Nomenclature
Built up Area
Built up Area
Longitude
Available
Available
Latitude
building
Address
(sq. m)
(sq. m)
Source
Sr. No.

1.02 1.01 1 Sr. no. Site
Concret Concrete (M25) CONCRETE (includes concrete for slabs, columns, beams, staircases, roofs) Material
e (M30)
cum Unit
Qty(a)
Raw Components S1_B1
Unit
Qty(b)
Functional Unit
(kg)
Qty(c)
Concret Concrete (M25) CONCRETE Material

e (M30)
cum Unit
Qty(a)
S2_B1
Raw Components
Unit
Qty(b)
Functional Unit
(kg)
b

e (M30)
cum Unit
Qty(a)
S3
Raw Components
Unit

Table A6.6 BoQ
Qty(b)
Functional Unit
(kg)
Qty(c)

e (M30)
cum Unit
Qty(a)
S4
Raw Components
Unit
Qty(b)
Functional Unit
(kg)
Qty(c)

e (M30)
cum Unit
Qty(a)
Raw Components S5
Unit
Qty(b)
Functional Unit
(kg)
Qty(c)
164
3.03.02 3.03.01 3.03 3.02 3.01 3 2.01 2
Block Masonry (Concrete Block Masonry (AAC Blocks) Brick Masonry (Burnt Clay Bricks) Walling Materials Mild Steel (used as reinforcement in RCC) STEEL
Blocks)
Sand Cement Mild Steel (used as reinforcement in RCC)
kg kg kg
Blocks)
kg kg kg
Blocks)

kg kg kg
Blocks)
kg kg kg
Blocks)
kg kg kg
165
4.02 4.01 4 3.04.05 3.04.04 3.04.03 3.04.02 3.04.01 3.04 3.03.03
External Plaster Internal Plaster Plaster Shotcrete EPS Core Walling

System
Galvanized Iron Wires (for reinforcement) Aggregate Sand Cement EPS (mention thk) Thermoinsulated Concrete Block (200 mm thk)
kg kg kg kg kg kg

System
kg kg kg kg kg kg

System

kg kg kg kg kg kg

System
kg kg kg kg kg kg

System
kg kg kg kg kg kg
166
7.02 7.01 7 6.03 6.02 6.01 6 5 4.03
Steel frame casement UPVC windows Windows Wooden door Steel Jali door (for security) UPVC door (we are not counting hinges or any accessories) Doors Paint Ceiling Plaster
windows
Sr. No.
nos nos nos
1 1 1
Cold-rolled steel-----drop UPVC

down
kg
kg kg
Steel frame casement UPVC windows Windows Wooden door Steel Jali door UPVC door (we are not counting hinges or any accessories) Doors Paint Ceiling Plaster
windows
nos nos nos
1
1 1 1
Cold-rolled steel UPVC
kg
2
kg kg
3
windows
nos nos nos
4
1 1 1
5
kg

6
kg kg
windows
7
nos nos nos
Table A6.7 A1 Extraction and Procurement

1 1 1
8
kg
kg kg
9
10
windows
nos nos nos
1 1 1
kg
11
kg kg
12
167
Thermoinsulated Concrete
Bonding Agent/Polymer
(used for AAC block
Burnt Clay Bricks
Galvanised Iron
reinforcement)
Construction Materials
Mild Steel (for

AAC Blocks
Aggregate
masonry)
Cement
Blocks
UPVC
Glass
Sand
EPS
Raw Material Extraction
and Procurement
Raw Material
Qty of Raw Material
Extracted and Procured
Unit (RM)
Reference Qty of finished
construction material
Unit (FCM)
Fuel Mix
Embodied
Energy
Unit (EE)
Process:
Raw Embodied
Material Carbon
Extraction Unit (EC)
(A1.1)
Source of
Data
Data Type
Fuel Mix
Embodied
Energy
Unit (EE)
Process:
Raw Embodied
Material Carbon
Procurement Unit (EC)
(A1.2)
Source of
Data
Data Type

Total
Embodied
Calculated
Energy
(A1)
Unit (EE)
Total
Calculated Embodied
Carbon
Unit (EC)
Raw Material Extraction
and Procurement
Raw Material
Qty of Raw Material
Extracted and Procured
Unit (RM)
Qty of finished
construction material for
which data is available
Unit (FCM)
Fuel Mix
Embodied
Energy
Processes: Unit (EE)
Raw Embodied
Material Carbon
Extraction
and Unit (EC)
Procurement Source of
Data
Data Type
Table A6.8: A2 Transport
Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Bonding Agent/Polymer
(used for AAC block
Burnt Clay Bricks
Construction
Galvanised Iron
reinforcement)
Mild Steel (for
Materials
AAC Blocks
Aggregate
masonry)
Cement
Blocks
UPVC
Glass
Sand
EPS
Reference Qty
of final
Construction
Material for
which data is
collected
Unit (FCM)
Raw Materials
Qty of Raw
Material (1)
Unit (RM)
Distance
between
Extraction Site
and
Manufacturing
Plant (km)

Were more
than one
mode of
transport
used?
Source of Data
Data Type
Vehicle
Category
Vehicle
Capacity
(tonnes)
Vehicle Used:
Make
Vehicle Used:
Model
Vehicle
1 No. of trips
Fuel Mix
Total Fuel
Used
Unit (Fuel Use)
Embodied
Carbon
Unit (EC)
Vehicle
Category
Vehicle
Vehicle Capacity
2 (tonnes)
Vehicle Used:
Make

Vehicle Used:
Model
No. of trips
Fuel Mix
Total Fuel
Used
Unit (Fuel Use)
Embodied
Carbon
Unit (EC)
Vehicle
Category
Vehicle
Capacity
(tonnes)
Vehicle Used:
Make
Vehicle Used:
Model
Vehicle
3 No. of trips
Fuel Mix
Total Fuel
Used
Unit (Fuel Use)
Embodied
Carbon
Unit (EC)
Vehicle Vehicle
4 Category

Vehicle
Capacity
(tonnes)
Vehicle Used:
Make
Vehicle Used:
Model
No. of trips
Fuel Mix
Total Fuel
Used
Unit (Fuel Use)
Embodied
Carbon
Unit (EC)
Vehicle
Category
Vehicle
Capacity
(tonnes)
Vehicle Used:
Make
Vehicle Used:
Vehicle Model
5
No. of trips
Fuel Mix
Total Fuel
Used
Unit (Fuel Use)

Process:
Manufacturing
Sr. No.
Carbon
Sub-level
Unit (EC)
Data Type
Unit (FCM)
Embodied
Manufacturer
Source of Data
Raw Components
Reference Qty of final

Construction Material
Fuel Mix
fuel used
amount of
Variation in Method/Technology
1
AAC Blocks
2
Aggregate
3
Bonding Agent/Polymer (used

for AAC block masonry)
4
Fixed Chimney Bull's Trench Kiln a

Burnt Clay Bricks
Zig-Zag Kiln b
Vertical Shaft Brick Kiln c

Down-Draught Kiln d
5
Table A6.9: A3 Manufacturing
Wet Process a Cement
b
Dry Process
6
EPS
7
Galvanised Iron
8
Glass
9
Blast Furnace/Basic Oxygen a

Furnace (BAF) Mild Steel (for reinforcement)
b
0
1
Electric Arc Furnace (EAF) Sand

1
1
Blocks
2
1
UPVC
174
d Energy
Embodie
Sr. No.
A2
A1
Material
Material
Sub-level
Data Type
Unit (FCM)
Variation in
Manufacturer
Source of Data
Reference Qty of
final Construction
Method/Technology
Use)
Energy
Carbon
1
AAC Blocks
Unit (EE)
Unit (EC)
Unit (Fuel
Embodied
Embodied
2
Aggregate
Bonding Agent/Polymer (used for 3

AAC block masonry)
4
Fixed Chimney Bull's Trench Kiln a Burnt Clay Bricks
Zig-Zag Kiln b
Vertical Shaft Brick Kiln c
Down-Draught Kiln d

Wet Process a Cement
5
Dry Process b
Table A6.10: Sum of A1 to A3
EPS
6
Galvanised Iron
7
Glass
8
Blast Furnace/Basic Oxygen a Mild Steel (for reinforcement)

9
Furnace (BAF)
Electric Arc Furnace (EAF) b
Sand
10
Thermoinsulated Concrete Blocks

11
UPVC
12
175
A3
Sum of
A1 to A3
Unit (EE)
A1
A2
Embodie A3
d Carbon Sum of
A1 to A3
Unit (EC)
Manufacturer
Source of Data
Data Age
Data Type
Reference Qty of
final Construction
Material
Unit (FCM)
Embodie
Combine
d Energy
d values
for unit Unit (EE)
processe Embodie
s A1 to d Carbon
A3
Unit (EC)

Table A6.11: Validation Tables
Bill of
Quantit
Yes - Fully Yes - Partly
y (BoQ) Not Available
Available Available
Availab
le
BoQ Tender
Material Contractor/Desig Governm Architectural
data Owner Documen
Supplier ner ent DPR Drawings
source t
Make
and
Model Yes - Fully Yes - Partly
Not Available
Details Available Available
Availab
le
Make
and Tender
Material Contractor/Desig Governm Architectural
Model Owner Documen
Supplier ner ent DPR Drawings
Data t
Source
Buildin
Yes - Fully Yes - Partly
g Not Available
Available Available
Layout
Fuel Pe Di
Solar Wind Hydro
Mix Electricity Coal tro es
Energy Energy Energy
(A1) l el
Unit
MJ kWh
(EE)
Unit
kg CO2 kg CO2e
(EC)
Source Supplier/Ma Estimated from Contractor Company Sustainability
EPD
of Data nufacturer machine readings /Designer Report
Data
Measured Calculated Derived
Type
Unit
MT kg cum nos.
(RM)
Unit
MT kg cum nos.
(FCM)
Were
more
than
one Yes No
mode
of
transpo

rt
used?
Vehicle
Categor LDV MDV HDV
y
Fuel
Petrol Diesel Coal
Mix
Unit
(Fuel Litres kg MT
Use)
Source Supplier/Ma Estimated from Contractor Company Sustainability
EPD
of Data nufacturer machine readings /Designer Report
Ju
Nov
Aug
Dec
Sep
Oct
Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jul
n

Appendix 7
A7. Power Quality
A7. 1 level of compliance
Please mark the level of compliance attempting for the project

Sl.No Description Mark
1 ECSBC
2 ECSBC Plus
3 Super ECSBC
A7.2 Voltage Distortion a) Daily 99th percentile very short time (3s)
values shall be less than 1.5 times the values
At the main metering level of the building, utilities
given in table A7.1
and/or distribution system operators shall limit
line-to-neutral voltage harmonics as follows: b) Weekly 95th percentile short time (10 min)
values shall be less than the values given in table
A7.1
Table A7.1 – Voltage Distortion Limits
Technology
Implemented
Description Design Actual Design Actual to meet the Remarks
ECSBC
compliance
Total Total
Individual Individual
Bus voltage harmonic harmonic
harmonic harmonic
V at PCC distortion distortion
(%) h ≤ 50 (%) h ≤ 50
THD (%) THD (%)
V ≤ 1.0 kV 5 8
1 kV < V ≤
3 5
69 kV
69 kV < V ≤
1.5 2.5
161 kV
161 kV < V 1 1.5*
Note: High-voltage systems are allowed to have The limits in this sub clause shall be applicable to
up to 2.0% THD where the cause is an HVDC users connected to systems with the rated voltage
terminal whose effects are found to be at the PCC is from 120 V to above 161 kV. For
attenuated at points in the network where future individual nonlinear load, these limits are not
users may be connected. applicable. At the PCC (Point of Common
Coupling), users shall limit their harmonic
A7.3 Current Distortion
currents as specified.:

a) Daily 99th percentile very short time (3 s) c) Weekly 95th percentile short time (10 min)
harmonic currents shall be less than 2.0 times the harmonic currents shall be less than the values
values given in Tables A7.2, Table A7.3 and Table given in Table Tables A7.2, Table A7.3 and Table
A7.4 A7.4
b) Weekly 99th percentile short time (10 min) Maximum allowable limit of current distortion for
harmonic currents shall be less than 1.5 times the system design shall comply to Table A7.2
value given in Tables A7.2, Table A7.3 and Table
A7.4
Table A7.2Current distortion limits for systems rated 120V through 69kV
Maximum harmonic current distortion in percent of IL

Individual harmonic order
ed
Implement
Tech.
Remarks
Descriptio
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
n
ISC/IL
2≤ h<11a
2≤ h<11a
11≤ h<17
11≤ h<17
17≤ h<23
17≤ h<23
23≤ h<35
23≤ h<35
35≤ h≤50
35≤ h≤50
TDD
TDD
<20C 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0
20<50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0
50<100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0
100<1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0
>1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0
a For h≤6 even harmonics are limited to 50% of ISC/IL unless covered by other standards with
the harmonic limits shown in the table. applicable scope.
b Current distortion the result in dc offset e.g. half Where

wave converters are not allowed.
ISC= maximum short circuit current at PCC
Power generation facilities are limited to these
IL= maximum demand load current at PCC under
values of current distortion. Regardless of actual
normal load operating conditions.
Table A7.3: Current distortion limits for systems rated above 69 kV through 161kV


e
complianc
the ECSBC
ed to meet
Implement
y
Technolog
Remarks
Descriptio
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
n
ISC/IL
2≤ h<11a
2≤ h<11a
11≤ h<17
11≤ h<17
17≤ h<23
17≤ h<23
23≤ h<35
23≤ h<35
35≤ h≤50
35≤ h≤50
TDD
TDD
<20C 2.0 1.00 0.75 0.30 0.15 2.50
20<50 3.5 1.75 1.25 0.50 0.25 4.00
50<100 5.0 2.25 2.00 0.75 0.35 6.00
100<1000 6.0 2.75 2.50 1.00 0.50 7.50
>1000 7.5 3.50 3.00 1.25 0.70 10.00
a For h≤6 even harmonics are limited to 50% of ISC/IL unless covered by other standards with
the harmonic limits shown in the table. applicable scope.
b Current distortion the result in dc offset e.g. half Where

wave converters are not allowed.
ISC= maximum short circuit current at PCC
Power generation facilities are limited to these
IL= maximum demand load current at PCC under
values of current distortion. Regardless of actual
normal load operating conditions.
Table A7.4- Current distortion limits for systems rated > 161 kV

e Actual
complianc
the ECSBC
ed to meet
Implement
y
Technolog
Remarks
Descriptio
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Design
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
Actual
n
ISC/IL
2≤ h<11a
2≤ h<11a
11≤ h<17
11≤ h<17
17≤ h<23
17≤ h<23
23≤ h<35
23≤ h<35
35≤ h≤50
35≤ h≤50
TDD
TDD
<25C 1.0 0.50 0.38 0.15 0.10 1.50

25<50 2.0 1.00 0.75 0.30 0.15 2.50
≥50 3.0 1.50 1.15 0.45 0.22 3.75

Ecsbc Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ecsbc Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ecsbc Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Content

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 1

Building envelope: the exterior plus the semi-

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 2

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 3

Daylight Extension Factor (DEF): factor to manually

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 4

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 5

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 6

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 7

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 8

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 9

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 10

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 11

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 12

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 13

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 14

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 15

1 l/s 2.12 cfm

1 W/m2 0.0929 W/ ft2

1 W/ l-s-1 0.063 W/ gpm

1 m2.K/W 5.678 ft2-h-ºF/ Btu

1 ºC ((ºC X 9/5) + 32) ºF

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 16

h-m2- hour per square meter per degree SC shading coefficient

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 17

ECSBC Energy Conservation and Sustainability

ETC Evacuated Tube Collectors

FPC Flat Plate Collectors

IE Motors International Efficiency Motors

IoT Internet of Things

IPA Indian Plumbing Association

LPD Litres per day

LPM Litres per minute

MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forests &

MoUD Ministry of Urban Development

NGT National Green Tribunal

NWM National Water Mission

PLC Programmable Logic Controller

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 18

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 20

2.1 Performance Levels 2.3 Precedence

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 21

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 22

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 23

I. Out- Patient Healthcare

K. Stand- Alone Retails

L. Open Gallery Malls

O. 24- hours use

R. Building used for Transport Service

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 24

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 25

Mandatory Requirements for Simulation Requirements for

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 26

3.3.1. New Building Compliance

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 27

Energy Conservation and Sustainable Building Code 2024 26

Sustainable Sites & Planning

4.1.2 Tree Preservation and Compensatory d) Washroom